MBA

Master of Business Administration

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (CBCS)

Regulations & Syllabus

2022 – 2023

DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT
FACULTY OF ARTS, SCIENCE, COMMERCE AND MANAGEMENT

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION

(Deemed to be University)
(Established Under Section 3 of UGC Act, 1956)
Pollachi Main Road, Eachanari (Post), Coimbatore – 641 021, Tamil Nadu, India
Phone: 0422- 2980011-2980014
Email: info@kahedu.edu.in
 KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION
(Deemed to be University)
(Established under Section 3 of UGC Act, 1956)
Accredited with A+ Grade by NAAC in the Second Cycle
Coimbatore - 641 021, INDIA

FACULTY OF ARTS, SCIENCE, COMMERCE AND MANAGEMENT

POSTGRADUATE (PG) PROGRAMME
MBA DEGREE PROGRAMME
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (CBCS)

REGULATIONS - 2022

The following Regulations are effective from the academic year 2022-2023 and are applicable
to the students admitted in MBA programme in the Faculty of Arts, Science, and Humanities,
Karpagam Academy of Higher Education from the academic year 2022 – 2023 onwards.

1. PROGRAMMES OFFERED, MODE OF STUDY AND ADMISSION

REQUIREMENTS

1.1. MODE OF STUDY

Full-Time
Candidates admitted under ‘Full-Time’ should be present in the University during the
complete working hours for curricular, co-curricular and extra-curricular activities assigned
to them.

1.2. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Candidates for admission to the first semester Master’s Degree Programme shall be
required to have passed an appropriate Degree Examination of this Deemed to be
University or any other University accepted by the KAHE as equivalent thereto.

2. DURATION OF THE PROGRAM

2.1. The minimum and maximum period for completion of the PG Programmes are given
below:
Min. No. of Max. No. of
Programme Semesters Semesters
MBA 4 8

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 1

 2.2. Each semester normally consists of 90 working days or (6 Hrs / Day) or 540
Instructional hours for full-time mode of study. Examination shall be conducted at the
end of every semester for the respective courses.

3. CREDITS
Credits means the weightage given to each course of study by the experts of the Board of
Studies concerned. A total of 102 credits are prescribed for the PG programme (two years).

4. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAM

Every Programme will have a curriculum and syllabus consisting of core courses, elective
courses, Internship, Industrial Visits/Field Visits/Out Bound Training.

a. Core :

Core consists of theory and practical and the examinations shall be conducted at the
end of each semester.

b. Electives

Elective courses are to be chosen with the approval of the Head of the department
concerned from the list of elective courses mentioned in the curriculum.
• Specializations are offered in ten functional areas.
• They are Finance, Marketing, Human Resources, Management information
systems, Entrepreneurship, Micro and Small Business Management, Business
Analytics, International Business, Operations Management and Tourism
Management.
• A candidate has to select any two specialization of his/her choice.
• Each specialization consists of five electives each specialization in third
semester and fourth semester respectively.
• A candidate have to select two electives in the third and three electives in fourth
semester.
c. Internship
Candidates shall undergo an internship during the summer. On completion of the
Internship work he/she shall submit the report to the Head of the Department. The
candidate shall bring the attendance certificate from the place of internship work
carried out. The Internship Report prepared according to approved guidelines and

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 2

 duly signed by the supervisor(s) shall be submitted to HOD for Viva Voce Exam.
The report should be well documented as per the following approved guidelines,
1. Cover & Title Page
2. Certificate, Company Certificate and Declaration
3. Acknowledgement
4. List of Contents, List of Tables and List of Charts
5. Introduction of the Study
6. Review of Literature
7. Research Methodology
8. Data Analysis and Interpretation
9. Findings, Suggestions & Conclusion
10. Bibliography and Appendix

d. Industrial Visits / Field Visits/Out Bound Training

The students shall undertake Industrial Visits / Field Visits/ Outbound Training
during the semesters.
e. Open Elective
He / She may select one of the open elective courses from the list given below offered by the
other department in the third semester. Students have to earn 2 credits for this course. (The student
cannot select a course offered by the parent department).

S.No. Name of the Department Course Code Name of the Course

1 M.A English 22EGPOE301 English for Competitive
Examinations
2 M.Com 22CMPOE301 Personal Finance and Planning
3 MBA 22MBAPOE301 Organizational Behaviour
4 MCA 22CAPOE301 Robotics
5 M.Sc Computer Science 22CSPOE301 Cyber forensics
6 M.Sc Mathematics 22MMPOE301 Coding theory
7 M.Sc Physics 22PHPOE301 Non-destructive techniques – an
industrial approach
8 M.Sc Chemistry 22CHPOE301 Applying Chemistry to Society
9 M.Sc Microbiology 22MBPOE301 Fermentation technology
10 M.Sc Biochemistry 22BCPOE301 Nutrition and Dietetics
11 M.Sc Biotechnology 22BTPOE301 Plant Tissue culture and its
applications

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 3

 f. Online Course
Student shall study at least one online course from SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOC
in any one of the first three semesters for which examination shall be conducted at
the end of the course by the respective organizations. The student can register to
the courses which are approved by the Department. The student shall produce a
pass certificate from the respective organizations before the end of the third
semester. The credit(s) earned by the students will be considered as additional
credit(s) over and above the required credits earned from program concerned.

5. MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION
The medium of instruction for all courses, examinations, seminars, presentations and
internship/reports shall be in English.

6. MAXIMUM MARKS
The maximum marks assigned to different courses shall be as follows:

(i) Each of the theory and practical courses shall carry a maximum of 100 marks. Out of
which 40 marks are for Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA) and 60 marks for End
Semester Examinations (ESE).

(ii) Maximum marks for Internship work

S. No Programme Maximum marks CIA ESE
1 MBA 200 80 120
(iii) Activity based course will have 50 marks of internal Evaluation. The internal
evaluation for shall be as follows:
S. Programme No. of Maximum
No Cases/Activities marks
1 Business Communication. 5 50
2 Team Building and Leadership skills 5 50
3 Campus to Corporate 5 50
Communication

7. REQUIREMENTS TO APPEAR FOR THE END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

(ESE)
a. Ideally every student is expected to attend all classes and secure 100% attendance.

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 4

 However, in order to allow for certain unavoidable circumstances, the student is expected
to attend at least 75% of the classes and the conduct of the candidate has been satisfactory
during the course.

b. A candidate who has secured attendance between 65% and 74% (both included), due to
medical reasons (Hospitalization / Accident / Specific Illness) or due to participation in
University / District / State / National / International level sports or due to participation in
Seminar / Conference / Workshop / Training Programme / Voluntary Service / Extension
activities or similar programmes with prior permission from the Registrar shall be given
exemption from prescribed attendance requirements and shall be permitted to appear for
the examination on the recommendation of the Head of the Department concerned and
Dean to condone the lack of attendance. The Head of the Department has to verify and
certify the genuineness of the case before recommending to the Dean. However, the
candidate has to pay the prescribed condonation fee to the University.
c. However, a candidate who has secured attendance less than 64% in the current semester
due to any reason shall not be permitted to appear for the current semester examinations.
But he/she will be permitted to appear for his/her supplementary examinations, if any and
he/she has to re do the same semester with the approval of the “Students’ Affairs
Committee” and Registrar.

8. a. FACULTY TUTOR
To help students in planning their courses of study and for general advice on the academic
programme, the HOD shall allot a certain number of students to a faculty to whom they
shall function as faculty tutor throughout their period of study. Faculty tutors shall advise
the students and monitor their conduct of behavior and academics. Problems if any, they
should be counseled periodically. The Faculty tutor is also responsible to inform the parents
of their wards progress. Faculty tutor shall display the cumulativeattendance particulars of
his / her ward students’ periodically (once in 2 weeks) on the Notice Board to enable the
students know their attendance status and satisfy the clause 7 of this regulation.
b. ONLINE COURSE COORDINATOR
To help students in planning their online courses and for general advice on online courses,
the HOD shall nominate a coordinator for the online courses. The Online course
coordinator shall identify the courses which students can select for their programme from

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 5

 the available online courses offered by the different agencies periodically and inform the
same to the students. Further, the coordinator shall advice the students regarding the online
courses and monitor their course.

9. CLASS COMMITTEE
Every class shall have a class committee consisting of teachers of the class concerned,
student representatives (Minimum two boys and 2 girls of various capabilities and
Maximum of 6 students) and the concerned HOD / senior faculty as a Chairperson. The
objective of the class committee Meeting is all about the teaching – learning process. Class
Committee may be convened at least once in a month. The functions of the class committee
include

• Analyzing and Solving problems experienced by students in the class room and in the
laboratories.

• Analyzing the performance of the students of the class after each test and finding the
ways and means to improve the performance.

• The class committee of a particular class of any department is normally constituted by

the HoD / Chairperson of the class Committee. However, if the students of different
departments are mixed in a class, the class committee is to be constituted by the
respective faculty Dean.

• The class committee shall be constituted within the first week of

each semester.

• The HoD / Chairperson of the class committee may convene the meeting of the class
committee.

• The respective faculty Dean may participate in any class committee meeting.

• The Chairperson is required to prepare the minutes of every meeting, and submit the
same to Dean within two days after having convened the meeting. Serious issues if any
shall be brought to the notice of the Registrar by the HoD / Chairperson.

10. COURSE COMMITTEE FOR COMMON COURSES

Each common theory course offered to more than one discipline or group shall have a
“Course Committee” comprising all the teachers handling the common course with one of

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 6

 them nominated as course coordinator. The nomination of the course coordinator shall be
made by the Dean depending upon whether all the teachers handling the common course
belong to a single department or to various other departments. The ‘Course committee’
shall meet in order to arrive at a common scheme of evaluation for the tests and shall ensure
a uniform evaluation of the tests. It feasible, the course committee shall prepare a common
question paper for the Internal Assessment test(s).

11. PROCEDURE FOR AWARDING MARKS FOR INTERNAL ASSESSMENT

11.1Every Faculty is required to maintain an Attendance and Assessment Record (Log
book) which consists of attendance marked in each lecture / practical / Internship work
class, the test marks and the record of class work (topic covered), separately for each
course. This should be submitted to the HoD once in a fortnight for checking the
syllabus coverage and the records of test marks and attendance. The HoD shall sign
with date after due verification. The same should be submitted to Dean once in a
month. After the completion of the semester the HoD should keep this record in safe
custody for five years. Because records of attendance and assessment shall be submitted
for Inspection as and when required by the University / any other approved body.

11.2 Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA): The performance of students in each

course will be continuously assessed by the respective faculty as per the guidelines
given below:

Theory Courses

Maximum
S. No. Category
Marks
1 Attendance 5
2 Test – I (first 2 ½ UNITs) 10
3 Test – II (last 2 ½ UNITs) 10
4 Journal Paper Analysis & Presentation* 15
Continuous Internal Assessment : Total 40

*Evaluated by two faculty members of the department concerned. Distribution up of

marks for one Journal paper analysis: Subject matter 5 marks, Communication/PPT
Presentation 4 marks, Visual aid 2 marks and Question and Discussion 4 marks

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 7

Practical Courses
Maximum
S. No. Category
Marks
1 Attendance 5
2 Observation work 5
3 Record work 5
4 Model practical examination 15
5 Viva – voce [Comprehensive]* 10
Continuous Internal Assessment: Total 40

* Viva - voce conducted during model practical examination.

Activity based courses
S. No Programme No.of Cases/Activities Maximum marks
1 Case Analysis and Presentation 5 50
2 Team Building and Leadership skills 5 50

Every practical Exercise / Experiment / Activity shall be evaluated based on the

conduct of Exercise/ Experiment/ Activity and records maintained

11.3 Pattern of CIA Question Paper:

Instruction Remarks

Maximum Marks 50 Marks for all Courses.

Duration 2 hrs
15 One mark Questions (15 x 1 = 15 Marks)
Part – A
Question No. 1 to 15 Multiple Choice Questions
3 Eight mark Questions (3 x 8 = 24 Marks)
Question No. 16 to 18 will be ‘either-or’ type,
Part- B Question No. 16: either 16 (a) or 16 (b),
Question No. 17: either 17 (a) or 17 (b),
Question No. 18: either 18 (a) or 18 (b)
Part- C One Eleven marks Question (1 x 11 = 11 Marks)
– Compulsory Question No.19: Case Study

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 8

 11.4 Attendance

Marks Distribution for Attendance

S. No. Attendance % Maximum Marks
1 91 and above 5.0
2 81 – 90 4.0
3 76- 80 3.0
4 Less than 75 0

12. KAHE EXAMINATIONS

12.1 End Semester Examination (ESE): ESE will be held at the end of each semester for each
course. The question paper is for a maximum of 60 marks.
Pattern of ESE Question Paper:
Instruction Remarks (with online)
Maximum 60Marks
Duration
Marks ½ Hr for Online & 2 ½ Hours ESE
20 One mark Questions (20x 1 = 20 Marks)
Part – A
Question No. 1 to 20 Online Multiple Choice Questions
5 Two mark Questions (5 x 2 =10 Marks)
Question No. 21 to 25 will be compulsory questions,
covering all five UNITs of the syllabus; i.e.,
Question No. 21: UNIT- I,
Part- B
Question No. 22: UNIT- II,
Question No. 23: UNIT - III,
Question No. 24: UNIT - IV,
Question No. 25: UNIT– V.
4Five mark Questions (4 x 5 =20 Marks)
Question No. 26 to 29 will be ‘either-or’ type, one
Question each from any four UNITs of the syllabus; i.e.,
Part- C Question No. 26: either 26 (a) or 26 (b),
Question No. 27: either 27 (a) or 27 (b),
Question No. 28: either 28 (a) or 28 (b),
Question No. 29: either 29 (a) or 29 (b)

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 9

 Instruction Remarks (with online)
One Ten marks Question (1 x 10 = 10 Marks)
Part- D
Question No.30: Case Study from the remaining one
Compulsory
UNIT

12.2 Practical: There shall be combined valuation. The pattern of distribution of marks
shall be as given below.
Experiments : 40 Marks
Record : 10 Marks
Viva-voce : 10 Marks
Total : 60 Marks

Record Notebooks for Practical Examination

Candidate taking the Practical Examination should submit Bonafide Record Notebook
prescribed for the Practical Examination. Failing which the candidate will not be
permitted to take the Practical Examination.

In case of failures in Practical Examination, the marks awarded for the record at the
time of first appearance of the Practical Examination should remain the same at the
subsequent appearance by the candidate.

12.3. Evaluation of Internship

12.3.1 The internship shall carry a maximum mark as per clause 6 (ii). ESE will be a
combined evaluation of Internal and External Examiners.

12.3.2 The internship report prepared according to approved guidelines and duly
signed by the supervisor(s) shall be submitted to HoD.
The report should be well documented as per the following approved guidelines,
a. Cover & Title Page
b. Certificate, Company Certificate and Declaration
c. Acknowledgement
d. List of Contents, List of Tables and List of Charts
e. Introduction of the Study
f. Review of Literature
g. Research Methodology
h. Data Analysis and Interpretation

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 10

 i. Findings, Suggestions & Conclusion
j. Bibliography and Appendix

12.3.3 The evaluation of the internship will be based on the internship report submitted
and a Viva-Voce Examination by a team consisting of the supervisor, who will
be the Internal Examiner and an External Examiner who shall be appointed by
the KAHE. In case the guide is not available, the HoD shall act as an Internal
Examiner.

12.3.4 If a candidate fails to submit the internship report on or before the specified
date, candidate is deemed to have failed in the internship work and shall re-
enroll for the same in a subsequent semester.

If a candidate fails in the viva-voce examinations he/she has to resubmit the

internship report within 30 days from the date of declaration of the results. For
this purpose the same Internal and External examiner shall evaluate the
resubmitted report.

12.3.5 Copy of the approved internship report after the successful completion of viva
voce examinations shall be kept in the KAHE library.

13. PASSING REQUIREMENTS

13.1Passing minimum: There is a passing minimum for CIA and it is 20 marks out of 40
marks. The passing minimum in ESE is 30 marks out of 60 marks. The overall passing
in each course is 50 out of 100 marks (Sum of the marks in CIA and ESE
examination).

13.2 If a candidate fails to secure a pass in a particular course (either CIA or ESE or Both)
as per clause 13.1, it is mandatory that the candidate has to register and reappear for
the examination in that course during the subsequent semester when examination is
conducted for the same till a pass is secured both in CIA and ESE (vide Clause 2.1).

13.3Candidate failed in CIA will be permitted to improve CIA marks in the subsequent
semesters by writing tests and by submitting Assignments.
13.4 CIA marks (if it is pass) obtained by the candidate in the first appearance shall be
retained by the Office of the Controller of Examinations and considered valid for all

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 11

 subsequent attempts till the candidate secures a pass in ESE.
13.5 A candidate who is absent in ESE in a Course / Practical / Internship work after having
enrolled for the same shall be considered to havefailedin that examination.

14. IMPROVEMENT OF MARKS IN THE COURSE ALREADY PASSED

Candidates desirous of improving the marks secured in a passed course in their first
attempt shall reappear once (only in ESE) in the subsequent semester. The improved
marks shall be considered for classification but not for ranking. If there is no
improvement there shall be no change in the marks awarded earlier.

15. AWARD OF LETTER GRADES

All assessments of a course will be done on absolute marks basis. However, for the purpose
of reporting the performance of a candidate, letter grades, each carrying certain number of
points, will be awarded as per the range of total marks (out of 100) obtained by the
candidate in each course as detailed below:

Letter grade Marks Range Grade Point Description

O 91 - 100 10 OUTSTANDING
A+ 81- 90 9 EXCELLENT
A 71-80 8 VERY GOOD
B+ 66- 70 7 GOOD
B 61 – 65 6 ABOVE AVERAGE
C 55 - 60 5 AVERAGE
D 50 - 54 4 PASS
RA <50 - REAPPEARANCE
AAA - - ABSENT

16. GRADE SHEET

After the declaration of the results, Grade Sheets will be issued to each student which will
contain the following details:

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 12

 i. The list of courses enrolled during the semester and the corresponding grade
scored.
ii. The Grade Point Average (GPA) for the semester and
iii. The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of all courses enrolled from first
semester onwards.
GPA of a Semester and CGPA of a programme will be calculated as follows.

𝐺𝑷𝑨 𝒐𝒇 𝒂 𝑺𝒆𝒎𝒆𝒔𝒕𝒆𝒓
𝒔𝒖𝒎 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒄𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝑮𝑷 𝒃𝒚 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒐𝒓𝒓𝒆𝒔𝒑𝒐𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝒄𝒓𝒆𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒐𝒖𝒓𝒔𝒆𝒔
𝒐𝒇𝒇𝒆𝒓𝒆𝒅 𝒊𝒏 𝒕𝒉𝒂𝒕 𝒔𝒆𝒎𝒆𝒔𝒕𝒆𝒓
=
𝒔𝒖𝒎 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒓𝒆𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒐𝒖𝒓𝒔𝒆𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒂𝒕 𝒔𝒆𝒎𝒆𝒔𝒕𝒆𝒓

 CiGPi
i
i.e. GPA of a Semester =  Cii

𝐶𝐺𝑷𝑨 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒆𝒏𝒕𝒊𝒓𝒆 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒎𝒎𝒆

𝒔𝒖𝒎 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒄𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝑮𝑷𝒔 𝒃𝒚 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒐𝒓𝒓𝒆𝒔𝒑𝒐𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝒄𝒓𝒆𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒐𝒖𝒓𝒔𝒆𝒔
𝒐𝒇𝒇𝒆𝒓𝒆𝒅 𝒇𝒐𝒓 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒆𝒏𝒕𝒊𝒓𝒆 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒎𝒆
=
𝒔𝒖𝒎 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒓𝒆𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒐𝒖𝒓𝒔𝒆𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒆𝒏𝒕𝒊𝒓𝒆 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒎𝒎𝒆

 CniGPni
n i

 Cni
i.e. CGPA of the entire programme =
n i

where,
Ci is the credit fixed for the course ‘i’ in any semester
GPi is the grade point obtained for the course ‘i’ in any semester
‘n’ refers to the Semester in which such courses are credited
Note: RA grade will be excluded for calculating GPA and CGPA.

17. REVALUATION
Candidate can apply for revaluation and retotalling of his / her semester examination
answer script (theory courses only), within 2 weeks from the declaration of results, on

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 13

 payment of a prescribed fee. For the same, the prescribed application has to be sent to the
Controller of Examinations through the HoD. A candidate can apply for revaluation of
answer scripts not exceeding 5 courses at a time. The Controller of Examination will
arrange for the revaluation and the results will be intimated to the candidate through the
concerned HoD. Revaluation is not permitted for supplementary theory courses.

18. TRANSPARENCY AND GRIEVANCE COMMITTEE

Revaluation and Retotalling is allowed on representation (clause 17). Student may get the
Xerox copy of the answer script on payment of prescribed fee, if he / she wish. The student
may represent the grievance, if any, to the Grievance Committee, which consists of Dean
of the Faculty, (if Dean is HoD, the Dean of another Faculty nominated by the University),
HoD of the Department concerned, the faculty of the course and Dean from other discipline
nominated by the University and the CoE. If the Committee feels that the grievance is
genuine, the script may be sent for external valuation; the marks awarded by the External
examiner will be final. The student has to pay the prescribed fee for the same.

19. ELIGIBILITY FOR THE AWARD OF THE DEGREE

A student shall be declared to be eligible for the conferment of the Degree if he / she
has
• Successfully completed all the components in clause 3 and gained the required number
of total credits as specified in the curriculum corresponding to his / her Programme
within the stipulated period.
• No disciplinary action is pending against him / her.
• The award of the degree must be approved by the Board of Management.

20. CLASSIFICATION OF THE DEGREE AWARDED

20.1 Candidate who qualifies for the award of the Degree (vide clause 13) having passed
the examination in all the courses in his / her first appearance, within the specified
minimum number of semesters and securing a CGPA not less than 8.0 shall be
declared to have passed the examination in First Class with Distinction.

20.2 Candidate who qualifies for the award of the Degree (vide clause 13) having passed
the examination in all the courses within the specified maximum number of semesters

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 14

 (vide clause 2.1), securing a CGPA not less than 6.5 shall be declared to have passed
the examination in First Class.

20.3 All other candidates (not covered in clauses 20.1 and 20.2) who qualify for the award
of the degree (vide Clause 19) shall be declared to have passed the examination in
Second Class.

21. PROVISION FOR WITHDRAWAL FROM END-SEMESTER EXAMINATION

21.1 A candidate, may for valid reasons and on prior application, be granted permission to
withdraw from appearing for the examination of any one course or consecutive
examinations of more than one course in a semester examination.

21.2 Such withdrawal shall be permitted only once during the entire period of study of the
degree programme.

21.3 Withdrawal of application is valid only if it is made within 10 days prior to the
commencement of the examination in that course or courses and recommended by the
HoD/ Dean concerned and approved by the Registrar.

21.3.1 Notwithstanding the requirement of mandatory TEN days’ notice, applications for
withdrawal for special cases under extraordinary conditions will be considered on the
merit of the case.

21.4 Withdrawal shall not be construed as an appearance for the eligibility of a candidate for
First Class with Distinction. This provision is not applicable to those who seek
withdrawal during IV semester.

21.5 Withdrawal from the End semester examination is NOT applicable to arrears courses of
previous semesters.

21.6 The candidate shall reappear for the withdrawn courses during the examination conducted
in the subsequent semester.

22. PROVISION FOR AUTHORISED BREAK OF STUDY

22.1 Break of Study shall be granted only once for valid reasons for a maximum of one
year during the entire period of study of the degree programme. However, in

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 15

 extraordinary situation the candidate may apply for additional break of study not
exceeding another one year by paying prescribed fee for break of study. If a candidate
intends to temporarily discontinue the programme in the middle of the semester for valid
reasons, and to rejoin the programme in a subsequent year, permission may be granted
based on the merits of the case provided he / she applies to the Registrar, but not later
than the last date for registering for the end semester examination of the semester in
question, through the HoD stating the reasons therefore and the probable date of rejoining
the programme.

22.2 The candidate thus permitted to rejoin the Programme after the break shall be governed
by the Curriculum and Regulations in force at the time of rejoining. Such candidates may
have to do additional courses as per the Regulations in force at that period of time.

22.3 The authorized break of study (for a maximum of one year) will not be counted for the
duration specified for passing all the courses for the purpose of classification. (Vide
Clause 20). However, additional break of study granted will be counted for the purpose
of classification.

22.4 The total period for completion of the Programme reckoned from, the commencement of
the first semester to which the candidate was admitted shall not exceed the maximum
period specified in clause 2.1 irrespective of the period of break of study (vide clause
22.3) in order that he/she may be eligible for the award of the degree.

22.5 If any student is detained for want of requisite attendance, progress and good conduct, the
period spent in that semester shall not be considered as permitted ‘Break of Study’ or
‘Withdrawal’ (Clause 21 and 22) is not applicable for this case.

23. RANKING
A candidate who qualifies for the PG Degree programme passing all the Examinations in
the first attempt, within the minimum period prescribed for the programme of study from
Semester I through Semester IV to the programme shall be eligible for ranking. Such
ranking will be confined to 10% of the total number of candidates qualified in that particular
programme of Study subject to a maximum of 10 ranks.
The improved marks will not be taken into consideration for ranking.

24. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION

Supplementary Examination will be conducted only for the final semester students within

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 16

 ten days from the date of publication of results for students who have failed in one theory
course only. Such students shall apply with prescribed fee to the Controller of Examinations
within the stipulated time.

25. DISCIPLINE
25.1. Every student is required to observe disciplined and decorous behavior both inside
and outside the campus and not to indulge in any activity which will tend to bring
down the prestige of the University. The erring students will be referred to the
disciplinary committee constituted by the University, to enquire into acts of
indiscipline and recommend the University about the disciplinary action to be taken.
25.2. If a student indulges in malpractice in any of the University / Internal Examination,
he / she shall be liable for punitive action as prescribed by the university from time to
time.

26. REVISION OF REGULATION AND CURRICULUM

The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the Regulations, Scheme of
Examinations and syllabi if found necessary.

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 17

 DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT
FACULTY OF ARTS, SCIENCE, COMMERCE AND MANAGEMENT
PG PROGRAMME (CBCS) – M.B.A.
CURRICULUM
(2022–2023 Batch and onwards)

Instruction

Page Number
Objectives and Outcomes Maximum Marks
hours / week

Credit(s)
Course Code Name of the Course

Total
ESE
CIA
PEOs

POs
L T P
40 60 100
SEMESTER – I
Fundamentals of
22MBAP101 I,II a,b,c,d,e,f, i,j 4 0 0 4 40 60 100 9
Management
22MBAP102 Organizational Behaviour I,II a,b,c,d,e,f, i,j 4 0 0 3 40 60 100 11

22MBAP103 Managerial Economics I,II,III,IV a,b,d,e,f,g,i,j 4 0 0 3 40 60 100 13

22MBAP104 Legal Aspects of Business I,II,IV a,c,d,f,g,h,i,j 4 0 0 3 40 60 100 16
22MBAP105 Accounting for Managers I,II,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,h,i,j 4 1 0 4 40 60 100 19
Data Driven Decision
22MBAP106
Making
I,III a,b,c,d,e,f,i,j 4 1 0 4 40 60 100 22
IT Tools for Managers
22MBAP111
(Practical)
I,II,III a,b,c,d,f,i,j 0 0 4 2 40 60 100 25
Business Communication
22MBAP112
(Practical)
I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f, g,i,j 0 0 2 1 50 0 50 28
Team Building and
22MBAP113
Leadership skills (Practical)
I,II a,b,c,d,e,f,,i,j 0 0 2 1 50 0 50 30
Journal paper Analysis
I,II a,b,c,d,j 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -
and Presentation
Semester Total 25 2 8 25 380 420 800 -
SEMESTER – II
Production and Operations
22MBAP201
Management
I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j 4 0 0 3 40 60 100 32
22MBAP202 Marketing Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j 4 0 0 4 40 60 100 35
Human Resource
22MBAP203
Management
I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j 4 0 0 4 40 60 100 37
22MBAP204 Operations Research I,II,III a,b,c,d,e,f,i,j 4 1 0 4 40 60 100 39
22MBAP205 Financial Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j 4 0 0 4 40 60 100 42
Research Methodology for
22MBAP206
Management
I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j 4 0 0 4 40 60 100 45
Management Information
22MBAP207
System
I,II,IV a,f,g,h,i,j 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 48
Decision Making Using
22MBAP211 Statistical Package I,II,III a,b,c,d,f,i,j 0 0 4 2 40 60 100 50
(Practical)

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 2

 Instruction

Page Number
Objectives and Outcomes Maximum Marks
hours / week

Credit(s)
Course Code Name of the Course

Total
ESE
CIA
PEOs

POs
L T P
40 60 100
Campus to Corporate
22MBAP212
Communication (Practical)
I,II,III a,b,c,d,f,i,j 0 0 2 1 50 0 50 52
Journal paper Analysis and
-
Presentation
I,II a,b,c,d,j 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -
Semester Total 28 1 6 29 370 480 850 -
SEMESTER – III
Entrepreneurship
22MBAP301
Development
I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,f,g,h,i,j 4 0 0 4 40 60 100 54
22MBAP302 International Business I,II,III,IV a,c,d,f,g,h,i,j 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 56
Specialization I Elective 1 4 0 0 3 40 60 100 -
Specialization I Elective 2 4 0 0 3 40 60 100 -
Specialization I Elective 3 4 0 0 3 40 60 100 --
Specialization II, Elective 1 4 0 0 3 40 60 100 -
Specialization II Elective 2 4 0 0 3 40 60 100 -
Specialization II Elective 3 4 0 0 3 40 60 100 -
22MBAPOE301 Open Elective 3 0 0 2 40 60 100 153
22MBAP321 Internship I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,,g,h,j 0 0 0 2 40 60 100 155
Journal paper Analysis, and
-
Presentation
I,II a,b,c,d,j 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -
Semester Total 35 0 0 29 400 600 1000 -
SEMESTER – IV
22MBAP401 Business Strategy I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,,g,h,j 4 0 0 3 40 60 100 157
Specialization I Elective 4 4 0 0 3 40 60 100 -
Specialization II Elective 4 4 0 0 3 40 60 100 -
Indian Ethos, Values and
22MBAP403
Business Ethics
I,II,IV a,f,g,h,i,j 2 0 0 1 50 0 50 214
22MBAP491 Capstone Project I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,,g,h,j 0 0 20 9 80 120 200 216
Journal paper Analysis and
-
Presentation
I,II a,b,c,d,j 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -
Semester Total 15 0 20 19 250 300 550 -
Programme Total 100 4 36 102 1400 1800 3200 -

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 3

 SEMESTER SEMESTER SEMESTER SEMESTER
Category TOTAL
I II III IV

Programme Core Credit(s) 23 28 7 3 61

Courses
No. of Courses 7 8 2 1 18
Credit(s) - - 9 3 12
Programme Elective
Courses (Specialization 1) No. of Courses - - 3 1 4

Programme Elective Credit(s) - - 9 3 12

Courses (Specialization 2) No. of Courses - - 3 1 4
Employability Credit(s) 2 1 2 10 15
Enhancement Courses No. of Courses 2 1 1 2 6
Credit(s) - - 2 - 2
Open Elective
No. of Courses - - 1 - 1
Credit(s) 25 29 29 19 102
TOTAL
No. of Courses 9 9 10 5 33

NO.OF COURSES IN
SPECIALISATION COURSES IN CREDIT
COURSES SEMESTER 4
OFFERED SEMESTER 3 (S)
IN BASKET
Finance 8 3 1 12
Marketing Management 8 3 1 12
Human Resource Management 8 3 1 12
Management Information System 8 3 1 12
Operations Management 8 3 1 12
Entreprenurship 8 3 1 12
Business Analytics 8 3 1 12
Logistics and Supply Chain Management 8 3 1 12
Tourism and Event Management 8 3 1 12

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 4

 ELECTIVE LIST - SEMESTER III
List of Page
Semester Course Code Name of the Elective Course PEO PO
Specializations No

22MBAPF303A Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,j 58

22MBAPF303B Merchant Banking andFinancial Services I,II,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,j 60

Finance 22MBAPF303C Project Appraisal and Finance I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i 62
Corporate Restructuring, Mergers and
22MBAPF303D I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i 65
Acquisitions
22MBAPF303E Risk Management in Banks I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 67
22MBAPM303A Services Marketing I,II,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i,j 69
22MBAPM303B Integrated Marketing Communication I,II,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i,j 71
Marketing
Management 22MBAPM303C Retail Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,j 73
22MBAPM303D Consumer Behaviour I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 75
22MBAPM303E Marketing Research I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 77
22MBAPH303A Human Resource Development I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j 79
22MBAPH303B Compensation Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j 81
Human
22MBAPH303C Organizational Change and Development I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 83
Resource
Management 22MBAPH303D Performance Management and Appraisal I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 85
22MBAPH303E Competency Mapping I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 88
22MBAPS303A Enterprise Resource Planning I,II,III a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i,j 90
III 22MBAPS303B Managing Software Projects I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i,j 93
Management
Information 22MBAPS303C E-Commerce I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i,j 95
System 22MBAPS303D Information Security and Privacy I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i 97
22MBAPS303E Digital and Social Media Marketing I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i 99
22MBAPO303A Supply Chain Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i 101
Operations
22MBAPO303B Operations Strategy I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i 103
Management
22MBAPO303C Total Quality Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i 105
22MBAPO303D Procurement Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j 107
22MBAPO303E Services Operations Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 109

22MBAPA303A Human Resource Metrics and Analytics I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 111

22MBAPA303B Marketing Analytics I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 113

Business
22MBAPA303C Big Data Analytics I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 115
Analytics
22MBAPA303D Financial Analytics I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 117

22MBAPA303E Data Mining and Data warehousing I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 119

22MBAPE303A Managing Startups I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 121

22MBAPE303B Social Entrepreneurship I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 123

Entreprenur
22MBAPE303C Venture Capital and Private Equity I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 126
ship
22MBAPE303D Innovation Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 128

22MBAPE303E Family Business Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 130

Principles of Logistics and Supply Chain
Logistics and 22MBAPL303A I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 132
Management
Supply
Chain 22MBAPL303B Export and Import Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 134

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 5

 Management 22MBAPL303C Rail, Road and Air Cargo Logistics I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 136
Procurement, Storage and Warehouse
22MBAPL303D I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 138
Management
22MBAPL303E Port and Airport Management for Logistics I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 140

22MBAPT303A Tourism Principles, Policies and Practices I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 142

22MBAPT303B Tourism Products of India I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 144

Tourism and
Event 22MBAPT303C Recreation Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 146
Management
22MBAPT303D Travel Agency and Tour Operations I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 148

22MBAPT303E Ecotourism I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 150

ELECTIVE LIST - SEMESTER IV

List of Page
Semester Course Code Name of the Elective Course PEO PO
Specializations No

22MBAPF402A Financial Derivatives I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,j 159

Finance 22MBAPF402B International Finance I,II,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,j 161

22MBAPF402C Finance and Accounting for Small Business I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i 163
22MBAPM402A New product Development I,II,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i,j 165
Marketing
Management 22MBAPM402B Sales and Distribution Management I,II,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i,j 167
22MBAPM402C International Marketing I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,j 169
22MBAPH402A Industrial Relations and Labour Welfare I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j 171
Human
22MBAPH402B Strategic Human Resource Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j 173
IV Resource
Management 22MBAPH402C International Human Resource Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 175
22MBAPS402A System Analysis and Design I,II,III a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i,j 177
Management
Information 22MBAPS402B Knowledge Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i,j 179
System 22MBAPS402C Decision Support Systems I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i,j 181
22MBAPO402A Materials Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i 183
Operations 22MBAPO402B World Class Manufacturing I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i 185
Management
Technology Management and Intellectual
22MBAPO402C I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i 187
Property Right
22MBAPA402A Machine Language I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 189
Bussiness Data Visualization for Managers – Using R and
22MBAPA402B I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 191
Analytics Tableau
22MBAPA402C Supply Chain Analytics I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 193
22MBAPE402A Entrepreneurial leadership I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 195
Entreprenue 22MBAPE402B Rural Entrepreneurship I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 198
rship
Indian Models of Economy, Business and
22MBAPE402C I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 200
Management
Logistics and 22MBAPL402A Supply Chain Softwares I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 202
Supply
22MBAPL402B Global Supply Chain Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 204
Chain
Management 22MBAPL402C Applied GIS and Spatial Data Analytics I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 20
22MBAPT402A Event Management I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 208
Tourism and
Event 22MBAPT402B Healthcare Tourism I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 510
Management
22MBAPT402C Destination Marketing I,II,III,IV a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j 212

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 6

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (PO)

a. Postgraduates students will be able to acquire in-depth management and functional domain
knowledge with an ability to differentiate, evaluate, analyze existing knowledge and apply
the new knowledge relevant to the changing businessenvironment.
b. Postgraduates students will be able to analyze complex business problems critically by
applying intellectual and creative developments gained through research based or project
based approach oflearning.
c. Postgraduates students will be able to excerpt information from various sources andapply
appropriate management techniques and tools to analyze and interpret data demonstrating
a higher order thinkingskill.
d. Postgraduates will communicate day-to-day managerial activities confidently and
effectively in written and oral communication in the organisation and society atlarge.
e. Postgraduates will possess knowledge and understanding of working in teams in order to
achieve common goals to exhibit their leadershipskills.
f. Postgraduates will acquire managerial positions or take up entrepreneurial ventures by
applying the skills and knowledgegained.
g. Postgraduates will be able to evaluate the implications of changing environmental factors
in global perspective and cross cultural issues that affect the functioning of the
organization.
h. Postgraduates will acquire professional and intellectual integrity, professional code of
conduct, ethics and values to contribute for sustainable development of society by
becoming socially responsiblecitizen.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSO)

i. Postgraduates will develop lateral thinking and conceptualization of functional knowledge
and put into consideration ethics, safety, diversity, cultural, society and environmental
factors while evaluating potential solutions options to solve managerial problems.
j. Postgraduates will apply the lifelong learning and exhibit high level of commitment to
identify a timely opportunity and use business innovation to pursue that opportunity to
create value and wealth for the betterment of the individual and society atlarge.

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEO)

I. Postgraduates will acquire knowledge of management science and apply it to solve the
real-time businessproblems.
II. Postgraduates will attain professional skills to develop and communicate strategic, creative
and innovative ideas to excel in diverse careerpath.
III. Postgraduates will be able to apply the management tools and techniques to implement
systematic decision makingprocess.
IV. Postgraduates will be able to adapt to a rapidly changing global environment and become
socially responsible and value driven citizens committed to sustainablegrowth.

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 7

 Program Outcomes
Program Educational Objectives
a b c d e f g h i j
Postgraduates will acquire
knowledge of management science
   
and apply it to solve the real-time
business problems.
Postgraduates will attain
professional skills to develop and
communicate strategic, creative and       
innovativeideastoexcelindiverse
career path.
Postgraduates will be able to apply
the management tools and techniques
    
to implementsystematic
decision making process.
Postgraduates will be able to adapt to
a rapidly changing global
environment and become socially
   
responsible and value driven citizens
committed tosustainable
growth.
























Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 8

 MBA 2022-2023
Semester – I
22MBAP101 FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT 4H – 4C

Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100

End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students

 To understand the traditional management school of thoughts, roles, responsibilities, and

skills required for modern managers.
 To know the importance of planning, and decision-making process.
 To recognize the need of organizing and staffing functions inorganization.
 To identify the role of directing, leadership and motivation in the performance of the
organization.
 To realize the need of controlling in improving the performance of the organization.
 To enable students to synthesize related information and evaluate options for the most logical and
optimal solution such that they would be able to predict and control human behaviour and improve
results.

COURSEOUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to

1. Understand the management function and roles of the manager and become an effective
planner and decisionmaker
2. Gain the knowledge and apply the skills of organizing, allocating, monitoring and
controlling in the organization.
3. Identify different motivational theories and evaluate motivational strategies used in a
variety of organizational settings.
4. Recognize the qualities of various leadership styles and follow the apt one.
5. Communicate the case analysis effectively in oral and written forms.
6. Analyze the complexities associated with management of the group behavior in the organization

UNIT I Management Concept and School of Thoughts

Management Overview: – Concept, Nature, Importance - Management Vs Administration. The
Evolution of Management - Taylor and Scientific Management, Fayol’s Administrative
Management - Functions of management - Forms of Business Organization –Sole Proprietorship
– Partnership – Company - The manager - Role of manager - Mintzberg’s Roles - Social
Responsibility of Managers and Ethics in Management – Ethical role of the Manager.
UNIT II Planning and Decision Making
Planning: Meaning -The Nature – Objectives – Steps in Planning - Strategies, Policies - Procedures
and methods - Management by Objectives - Decision making: Meaning – Need - Characteristics
Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 9
 of good decision or effective decision – Decision Making Process

UNIT III Organising and Staffing

Organizing: Concept, Organizational Structure, Departmentation, Span of Control, Delegation of
Authority, Authority and Responsibility - Organizational designs.
Staffing: Importance - Need - Elements of staffing- Functions – Processing - Proper staffing-
Advantage of Proper staffing- Manpower planning- Process of recruitment and selection-
Placement and Orientation- Training and Development

UNIT IV Directing, Leadership and Motivation

Directing: Concept of Direction and Supervision. Functions and qualities of supervisor. Human
Factors and Motivation – Theories : Traditional theories and Contemporary theories of Motivation
- Leadership - Trait, Behaviour, and contingency approaches – Transactional and
Transformationalleadership

UNIT V Controlling
Controlling: Need - The System and Process of Controlling – Techniques - Budgetary and non
budgetary Control. Managing Productivity – Cost Control – Purchase Control – Maintenance
Control – Quality Control – Planning Operations.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. James A. F. Stoner, R. Edward Freeman, Amitabh DeoKodwani Daniel R. Gilbert,
RanjeetNambudiri (2018), Management, 6th edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
2. Stephen P. Robbins, Coulter Mary (2017), Management, 13th edition, Pearson Education,
NewDelhi.
3. Stephen P. Robbins, Coulter Mary and David De Cenzo (2017), Fundamentals of
Management, 9th edition, Pearson Education, NewDelhi.
4. Tripathy.PC. & Reddy.PN. (2017). Principles of Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw
Hill.
5. Koontz and Weihrich. (2015). Essentials of Management. (10thedition).New Delhi: Tata
McGrawHill.

E- Resources:
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122108038/

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 10

 MBA 2022-2023
Semester – I
22MBAP102 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 4H – 3C

Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100

End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the basic concepts of organizational behavior.
 To analyze the individual behavior traits required for performing as an individual or group.
 To obtain the perceiving skills to judge the situation and communicate the thoughts and
ideas.
 To understand how to perform in group and team and how to manage the power, politics
andconflict.
 To recognize the importance of organizational culture and organizationalchange.
 To realise the importance of groups and teamwork and managing of conflict between the
members ofthe organization

COURSEOUTCOMES:
Learners should be ableto
1. Analyse organizational behavior issues in the context of the organizational behavior
theories and concepts.
2. Assess the behavior of the individuals and groups in organization and manage the stress.
3. Manage team, power, politics and conflict arising between the members.
4. Explain how organizational change and culture affect the working relationship within
organizations.
5. Understand and exhibit the communication skills to convey the thoughts and ideas of case
analysis to the individuals andgroup.
6. Understand the application of OB using appropriate concepts, logic and
thetoricalconventions

UNIT I Organization behaviour : Introduction

Organization Behavior: Meaning and definition - Fundamental concepts of Organization Behavior
- Contributing disciplines to the Organization Behavior field – Organization Behavior Model -
Significance of Organization Behavior in the organization success - Challenges and Opportunities
for Organization Behavior.

UNIT II Behaviour, Personality and Learning Theories

Attitudes – Sources - Types - Functions of Attitudes – Attitude and Job satisfaction, Emotions and
Moods – Emotional Intelligence – Organization Behavior Applications of Emotions and Moods,
Learning – Theories of Learning. Personality – Determinants of personality- Theories of
Personality - psycho-analytical, social learning, job-fit, and trait theories. Values – Importance -

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 11

 Types of Values – Linking Individual personality and values to the work place.

UNIT III Perception and Communication

Perception – factors influencing perception - Person Perception – Attribution Theory – Frequently
Used Shortcuts in Judging Others- Perceptual Process- Perceptual Selectivity - Organization
Errors of perception – Linkage between perception and Decision making.
Communication – Process – Directions of communication – interpersonal and organizational
communication – Barriers to effective communication – Leadership - Styles – Theories.
UNIT IV Group, Team, Power politics and Conflict
Foundation of Group Behavior - Concept of Group - Types of Groups - Stages of Group
Development - Group Norms - Group Cohesiveness – Group Decision making – Understanding
working teams – types of teams- creating effective teams- Turning individuals to team players.
Power and Politics - Bases of Power – Power tactics. Conflict – Meaning –Transition in conflict
thoughts- Conflict Process- Negotiation
UNIT V Organization Culture, Change and Stress Management.
Organizational culture- Definitions and Characteristics of Culture- Types of Culture – Creating
and Maintaining an Organizational Culture. Organizational change –Meaning- Forces for Change-
Managing Planned Change - Factors in Organizational Change - Resistance to change-
Overcoming resistance to change. Stress – Causes of stress – Effects of Occupational Stress-
Coping Strategies for Stress.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Fred Luthans. (2017). Organizational Behavior: An Evidence - Based Approach, 12thedition,
Mcgraw Hill Education, NewDelhi.
2. Steven Mcshane and Mary Ann VonGlinow (2017), Organizational Behavior, 6th edition,
McGraw Hill Education, NewDelhi
3. Robbins, S. P., and Judge, T.A. (2016). Organizational Behaviour.(16thedition).New
Delhi: Prentice Hall of India.
4. Laurie J. Mullins (2016), Management and Organisationalbehaviour, 10thedition, Pearson
Education, NewDelhi
th
5. Robbins, S. P., and Judge, T.A. (2016). Essentials of Organizational Behavior.13 edition, Pearson
Education.
E- Resources:
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105033/

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 12

MBA 2022-2023
Semester – I
22MBAP103 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 4H – 3C
Instruction Hours/week L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To obtain fundamental knowledge on economic concepts and tools that have direct
managerial applications.
 To illustrate the application of economic theory and methodology as an alternative in
managerial decisions.
 To gain a rigorous understanding of competitive markets as well as alternative market
structures.
 To understand the forces determining macroeconomic variables such as inflation,
unemployment, interest rates, and the exchange rate.
 To obtain familiarity on the macro level business components like money, banking,
monetary policy, fiscal policy, trade, business cycles and balance of payments.
 To illustrate the application of economic theory and methodology as an alternative in managerial
decisions.

COURSEOUTCOMES:
Learners should be ableto
1. Apply the economic way of thinking to individual decisions and business decisions
2. Measure the responsiveness of consumers' demand to changes in the price of a goods or
service, and understand how prices get determined in markets,
3. Understand the different costs of production and how they affect short and long run
decisions and derive the equilibrium conditions for cost minimization and profit
maximization
4. Demonstrate an understanding of monetary and fiscal policy options as they relate to
economic stabilization in the short run and in the long run and Critically evaluate the
consequences of basic macroeconomic policy options under differing economic conditions
within a business cycle.
5. Understand and exhibit the communication skills to convey the thoughts and ideas of case
analysis to the individuals and group.
6. Demonstrate an understanding of monetary and fiscal policy options as they relate to
economic stabilization in the short run and in the long run.

UNIT I Managerial Economics: Law of Demand and Supply

Introduction - Meaning, nature and scope of Managerial Economics, Significance in decision
making. Consumer’s Behaviour and Demand: Meaning of Consumer’s Equilibrium – Utility
approach – The cardinal approach to consumer equilibrium – The Law of Diminishing Marginal
utility - Law of Equi-Marginal utility – The ordinal approach – Indifference curve approach –
Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 13
Revealed Preference theory - Consumer’s surplus. Demand function - Concept of Demand – Types
of Demand – Determinants – Law of Demand – Exceptions to Law of Demand – Change in
Demand – Elasticity of Demand – Types – Measurement of Price elasticity of demand. Concept
of Supply – Determinants of Supply – Law of Supply – Change in Supply – Elasticity of Supply
– Types.

UNIT II Production, Cost and Revenue Function

Producer’s Behaviour and Supply: Production Function - Basic concepts in production – Firm –
Fixed and Variable Factors – Total Product – Marginal Product – Average Product. Production
Function – Short-run production function – Long-run production function – Economies and
Diseconomies of Scale – Producer’s Equilibrium
Cost and Revenue Function: Cost of Production – Types of costs – opportunity cost – Fixed and
Variable costs – Total Cost curves – Average cost curves – Marginal cost - Cost curves – Short
run and Long run Cost Curves – Revenue function - Total Revenue – Average Revenue – Marginal
Revenue – Break Even Point Analysis.

UNIT III Market Competition and Price structures

Main forms of Market – Basis of Classification – Perfect Competition – Features – Short Run and
Long Run Equilibrium – Price Determination – Monopoly Market – Features – Short Run and
Long Run Equilibrium – Price Discrimination – Degrees of Price Discrimination. Oligopoly
Market Competition – Features – Price Leadership – Price Rigidity – Cartel – Collusive and Non-
Collusive oligopoly – Oligopsony – Features – Monopolistic Competition – Features – Product
Differentiation – Selling Cost – Short Run and Long Run Equilibrium – Monopsony – Duopoly
Market Equilibrium.

UNIT IV Macro Economic Indicators

Components of the Macro Economy – Circular flow of economic activities and income – Two-
sector model – Four- sector model – IS-LM analysis – National income – Difference between
Normal residents and Non- residents – Domestic territory - Gross and Net Concepts of Income
and Product – market price and Factor Cost – Factor Payments and Transfer Payments – National
Income Aggregates– Private Income – Personal Income – Personal Disposable Income – National
Disposable Income – Measurement of National Income – Production Method – Income Method –

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 14

 Expenditure Method. Phases of Business Cycle – Causes of cyclical movements – Price
Movements: Inflation and Deflation – Types of Inflation – Effects of Inflation – Control of
Inflation.

UNIT V Monetary Policy and Fiscal Policy

Government in the Macro Economy – Monetary policy - Objectives of Monetary Policy – Types
of Monetary Policy – Instruments of monetary policy. Fiscal policy - Objectives of Fiscal Policy
– Types of Fiscal Policy – Instruments of Fiscal Policy – Budget Preparation – Deficit Budget.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Geetika and Piyali Ghosh (2017), Managerial Economics, 3rd edition, McGraw Hill
Education, New Delhi.
2. Christopher R.Thomas and S.Charles Maurice (2017), Managerial Economics : foundation
of business analysis and strategy, 10th edition, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi.
3. Varshney,R.L and Maheshwari, K.L(2012), Managerial Economics, Sultan chand and
sons, New Delhi.
4. Paul Samuelson, William D. Nordhaus (2017), Micro Economics, 19th edition, McGraw
Hill Education, New Delhi
5. William F. Samuelson, Stephen G. Marks (2013), Managerial Economics, 6th edition,
Wiley, New Delhi,
6. Paul Samuelson, William D. Nordhaus (2011), Macro Economics, 19th edition, McGraw
Hill Education, New Delhi.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/101/110101005/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104093/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109/104/109104073/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/103/110103093/

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 15

 2022-2023
MBA
Semester – I
LEGAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS
22MBAP104 4H – 3C
Instruction Hours/week L: 4 T: 0 P : 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the nature and importance of Indian Contract Act and Sales of Goods Act.
 To provide an overview of important laws that have a bearing on the conduct of business
in India
 Understand the legal and fiscal structure of different forms of business organizations and
their responsibilities as an employer.
 To acquire knowledge of income tax act and sales tax act and its applications in business
 To understand the existing law and practice relating to consumer protection and cyber
law.
 Tomakethestudentsunderstandthebasicsoflegalconceptandenvironmentinwhich the
present-daybusiness is carried.

COURSEOUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Analyze the nature of Contract Law, Company Law and cyber laws and its
applicationin business.
2. Assess the legal forms of business organization and its modusoperandi.
3. Recognize the application appropriate regulations of factories act and wages act in
business scenario.
4. Understand and apply the concept and laws pertaining to income tax and sales tax,
intellectual property rights and cyber laws and evaluate its impact on business and
social environment.
5. Effectively communicate ideas, explain procedures in oral and written forms to
different audiences.
6. Illustrate the consumer legislations towards consumer protection and Environment protection

UNITI Indian Contract Act 1872

The Indian Contract Act 1872 - Definition of contract, essentials elements and types of a contract,
Formation of a contract, performance of contracts, breach of contract and its remedies, Quasi
contracts.
The Sale of Goods Act 1930 - Nature of Sales contract, Documents of title, risk of loss, Guarantees
and Warranties, performance of sales contracts, conditional sales and rights of an unpaid seller.

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 16

UNIT II Law of Agency, Partnership Act 1932 and Limited Liability Partnership Act 2008.
Contract of Agency- Essentials of Contract of Agency – Creation of Agency – Kinds of Agents –
Comparison Between an Agent and Servant – Comparison Between an Agent and Independent
Contractor – Relationship of Principal and Agent – Duties of an Agent – Rights of an Agent –
Duties and Rights of the Principal – Delegation of authority by an Agent – Sub Agent – Position
of Principal and Agent in relation to third Parties – Termination of Agency.

Partnership – Meaning, Definition, Features – Types of partners. Liability – Limited Liability

Partnership Act 2008.

UNIT III Companies Act 2013

Company – Nature and Types of Companies - Formation – Memorandum – Articles – Prospective
Shares – debentures – Directors – appointment – Powers and duties. Meetings – Proceedings –
Management – Accounts – audit – oppression & mismanagement – winding up.

UNIT IV Consumer Protection Act 2019 and Other Laws

Consumer Protection Act 2019 – Consumer rights, Procedures for Consumer grievances redressal,
Types of consumer Redressal Machineries and Forums - Cybercrimes, IT Act 2000 and 2002,
Cyber Laws, Introduction of IPR – Copy rights, Trade marks, Patent Act.
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881: Nature and requisites of negotiable instruments. Types of
negotiable instruments, liability of parties, holder in due course, special rules for Cheque and
drafts, discharge of negotiable instruments.

UNIT V Tax System

Tax – Direct Tax – Income Tax – Salarty Income – House Property Income – Profits and gains of
Business or Profession – Capital Gain – Income from other sources. Indirect tax structure in India
- Goods and Services Tax Act 2017 - Need for GST in India - Dual GST Model - Goods and
Services Tax Network (GSTN) - Levy and Collection of Tax - Scope of supply (Section 7 of CGST
Act, 2017) - Input Tax Credit under GST and Returns - Eligibility for taking Input Tax Credit
(ITC) - Registration under GST Law - Procedure for Registration - Computation of Tax Liability
and Payment of Tax - Furnishing of Returns - Audit under GST.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Akhileshwar Pathak (2017), Legal Aspects of Business, 6th Edition, Mcgraw hill, New
Delhi.

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 17

 2. Daniel Albuquerque (2017), Legal Aspects of Business, 2nd Edition, Oxford University
Press, NewDelhi,
3. Kapoor, N.D. (2017). Elements of Mercantile Law. S Chand Publishing, New Delhi.
4. P.C. Tulsian, (2017), Mercantile Laws for CA-CPT, 2nd edition, Mcgraw hill, New
Delhi.
5. RohiniAggarawal (2014), Mercantile and Commercial Laws, Taxmann Publications
Private Limited, New Delhi.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105139/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109105098/

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 18

MBA 2022-2023
Semester – I
ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERS
22MBAP105 5H – 4C
Instruction Hours/week L:4 T:1 P:0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the financial accounting standards, conventions and principles in
preparation of financial reports
 To prepare financial statements for the organization.
 To understand the tools and techniques used for analyzing the financial statements.
 To recognize the cost concepts and prepare cost sheets.
 To know the cost-volume-profit techniques and its application to determine
optimalmanagerial decisions.
 To facilitate an understanding about accounting as an information system and also the
language of the business

COURSEOUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the accounting standards and realize the difference in the GAAP andIFRS.
2. Ability to prepare, read, interpret and analyse financial statements to assess the financial
performance and position of accompany;
3. Understand and apply cost concepts to analyse common business management decisions
such as pricing and outsourcing decisions from a financial perspective;
4. Understand the importance and application of budgeting in organizational planning and
control.
5. Explain how financial transactions are processed through the accounting information
system each accounting period
6. Demonstrate capabilities of problem-solving, critical thinking, and communication skills
related to the accounting decisions.

UNIT I Accounting
Accounting – Meaning - Definition – Objectives – Functions – Branches of Accounting - to
Financial, Cost and Management Accounting- Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(GAAP), Concepts and Conventions – IFRS - Accounting Equation – Accounting Cycle –
Journal – Ledger – Trial balance.

UNIT II Final Accounts and Depreciation

Final Accounts – Preparing Trading Account - Profit and Loss account - Balance sheet (with
and without adjustments) - Final Accounts of Company - Maintenance of Books of
Accounts. Depreciation – Depreciation Methods.

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 19

UNIT III Financial Statement Analysis
Financial Statement Analysis - Comparative Statements, Common-size statement, Trend
Percentages, Financial ratio analysis - Classification of Ratios- Liquidity, Solvency,
Turnover ratios, Profitability ratios, Market ratios, Dupont Analysis, Interpretation of
Ratios- Cash flow and Fund flow preparations – Cashflow AS 3 Standard.

UNIT IV Cost Accounting

Cost Accounts -Costing –Types of costing-Job costing, Batch Costing,Process costing,
Activity BasedCosting, Target costing - Elements of Costs – Cost Centre - Preparation of
Cost Sheet, items to be excluded while preparing cost sheet. Process Costing – Activity
based Costing – Target Costing (Theory Only).
Marginal Costing and profit planning – Cost, Volume, Profit Analysis – Break Even Analysis
–Decision making problems -Make or Buy decisions -Determination of sales mix – Exploring
new markets - Add or drop products -Expand or contract.

UNIT V Budgeting and Variance Analysis

Budgetary Control – Need and its application - Zero Based Budgeting (Theory) – Cash
budget, sales budget, master budget and Flexible budgets (Theory and Problems)
Standard Costing – Materials Cost and Labour cost variances.

Note: Problems 60 Marks and Theory 40 Marks.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Narayanaswamy R. (2017), Financial Accounting: A Managerial Perspective, 6th edition, PHI
Learning Private Limited, New Delhi
2. Ramachandran, Kakani (2017), Financial Accounting for Management, 4th edition, Mcgraw
Hill, Publications, New Delhi.
3. M.Y. Khan, P.K. Jain (2017), Management Accounting, 7th edition, Mcgraw Hill,
Publications, New Delhi.
4. Alnoor Bhimani, Charles T. Horngren, SrikantM.Datar,
MadhavRajan(2015),Management and Cost Accounting, 6th edition, Pearson Education, India.
5. S.N. Maheshwari, SuneelMaheshwari, Sharad K. Maheshwari (2018), A Textbook of
Accounting for Management, S Chand Publishing, New Delhi
6. R.Narayanaswamy, Financial Accounting – A managerial perspective, PHI Learning, New
Delhi, 2008.
7. M.Y. Khan & P.K. Jain, Management Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill, 8 thedtion, 2018.
8. T.S. Reddy & A. Murthy, Financial Accounting, Margham Publications, 2014
9. Jan Williams, Susan Haka, Mark S bettner, Joseph V Carcello, Financial and
ManagerialAccounting - The basis for business Decisions, 18th edition, Tata McGraw
HillPublishers, 2017

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 20

E- Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/106/110106135/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110101003/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110101004/

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 21

 MBA 2022-2023
Semester – I
22MBAP106 DATA DRIVEN DECISION MAKING
5H – 4C
Instruction Hours / week:
L: 4 T:1 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External:60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the classification and analysis of the data with statistical tools and
techniques.
 To know the descriptive and inferential statistics, and apply them to examine business and
economic data.
 To realize the applications of probability and distributions in the analytical decision
making.
 To conduct statistical estimation and hypothesis testing with statistical tools and
techniques.
 To understand the index number concepts and its applications.
 To understand the assumptions of cost of living index number

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the basic statistical tools and techniques and its application in business
decision-making.
2. Perform basic statistical estimation and hypothesis testing for interpret the results.
3. Know how to specify, estimate, and use statistical models to predict and obtain reliable
forecasts.
4. Develop an ability to analyse and interpret the collected data to provide meaningful
information in making management decisions
5. Develop skills to design business model and Analytics projects
6. Demonstrate capabilities of problem-solving, critical thinking, and communication skills
related to the discipline of statistics.

Unit I Univariate Analysis

Introductionto Descriptive Statistics, Univariate Analysis: Measures of Central Tendency and
Dispersion: Introduction, Objectives of statistical average, Requisites of a Good Average,
Statistical Averages - Arithmetic Mean, Positional Averages – Median and Mode, Measures of
Dispersion – Range - Quartile deviations, Standard Deviation and Coefficient ofVariance.

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 22

Unit II Bivariate Analysis
Introduction to Bivariate Analysis: Simple Correlation and Regression: Correlation - Causation
and Correlation - Types of Correlation, degrees of correlation, Measures of Correlation: Scatter
diagram, Karl Pearson’s correlation coefficient, Spearman’s Rank Correlation Coefficient.
Regression: Regressionanalysis – Regressionlines, Regression equations –Regression
coefficients and its Properties, Methods of solving Regression equations.

Unit IIIProbability Theory and Distributions

Introduction - Definition of probability - Basic terminologies used in probability theory,
Approaches to probability, Rules of Probability - Addition rule - Multiplication rule, Solving
Problems on Probability, Conditional Probability and Bayes’ theorem.

Probability Distributions: Random variables, Bernoulli trial, discrete probability distributions:

Binomial distribution and Poisson distribution. Continuous probability distributions: Uniform,
NormalDistribution and its properties, Standard Normal Distribution.

Unit IVHypothesis Testing

Testing Hypothesis - Null and alternate hypothesis - Significance Level - type I and type II error,
One and Two – Tailed Tests, Parametric Tests: Concept of a statistical test, Small and Large
sample tests, Small sample test: t- test, two sample t- test, Large sample tests, Z- test - one tailed
test about population mean when sigma known, two tailed test about population mean when
sigma known
Non-parametric Tests: Difference between Parametric and Non-parametric tests. Non-
parametric tests - Chi-square test - Goodness of fit test, Independence Tests by contingency
tables, Kolmogorov and Smirnov test for comparing two populations,Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney
tests.

Unit VEstimation, Analysis of VarianceandData Analytics

Estimation and Analysis of Variance (ANOVA): Preliminary notion-Consistency estimation-
Unbiased estimates -Sufficiency- Efficiency, methods of finding estimates -confidence Interval.
Standard Error of Estimate, Reliability of Estimates. Analysis of Variance: One way
classification and two-way classification. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Machine

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 23

Learning, Classification of Data Analytics and Popular Software used for Data Analytics -
EXCEL, SPSS, Python and R- Programming.

Note: Problems 60 Marks and Theory 40 Marks.

Suggested Readings:
1. Levin Richard, H. Siddiqui Masood, S. Rubin David, Rastogi Sanjay, (2017), Statistics
for Management, 8th edition, Pearson education, New Delhi.
2. Amir Aczel, Jayavel Sounder pandian, P Saravanan (2017), Complete Business
Statistics, 7th edition, Mcgraw Hill Education, New Delhi.
3. T N Srivastava and ShailajaRego (2015), Statistics for Management, 2nd edition,
Mcgraw Hill Education, New Delhi.
4. Anderson et.al (2015), Statistics for Business and Economics, Cengage, New Delhi.
5. SP Gupta (2012), Statistical Methods, S Chand Publishing, New Delhi.
6. R. Evans James (2017), Business Analytics, 2nd edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110107114/

KAHE – Learning Management System

 http://172.16.25.76/course/view.php?id=1655

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 24

 MBA 2022-2023
Semester – I
22MBAP111 IT Tools For Managers (PRACTICAL) 4H –2C
Instruction Hours/week L:0 T:0 P:4 Marks: Internal:40 External:60 Total:100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To provide insight on importance of technology for communication and decision-making.
 To provide hands-on usage of MS-office to creating new word documents including
features like tables, charts and references.
 To enable students to enter data and analyse the data with the support of Excel tools.
 To design presentation using animation, special effects and graphics.
 To facilitate the understanding of accounting package and its application.
 To Provide foundational or “computer literacy” curriculum that prepares students for life-long
learning of computer concepts and skills.

COURSEOUTCOMES:
Learners should be ableto
1. Create new word documents using inbuilt features like tables, charts and references.
2. Create a datasheet from collected data and analyses the data using inbuilt functions and
tools.
3. Design a presentation using animation, special effects and graphics.
4. Utilize the Internet Web resources for communication.
5. Create the vouchers and prepare the company’s final account and reports.
6. Stimulate their Critical thinking by designing and developing clean and lucid writing skills.

EXPERIMENTS
PRACTICALS ON WORD PROCESSOR
Exercise 1: Getting Started: Creating new document, formatting text and open the existing document, cut, copy, paste,
saving and printing document.
Exercise 2: Creating Tables & Graphics-creating basic headers and footers and Creating hyperlinks
Exercise 3: Creating Resume, Creating Blog, Creating Product Brochure and Project Report
Exercise 4: Mail Merge

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 25

 PRACTICALS ON SPREADSHEET
Exercise 1: Getting Started : creating new worksheet, Spreadsheet Formatting
Exercise 2: Functions, Creating Charts & Graphics
Exercise 3: Creating Pivot Table & Pivot Charts
Exercise 4: Creating Daily and Monthly Sales Reports

PRACTICALS ON POWER POINT PRESENTATION

Exercise 1: Getting Started :Creating Presentations, Adding Slides, Deleting a slide, Numbering a Slide ,Saving and
Printing Presentation
Exercise 2: Graphics & Visual Effects :Importing the images into presentation, Building Transition Effects
Exercise 3:Creating Company Profile Presentation, Creating Product Presentation, Creating Project Presentation

PRACTICALS ON INTERNET AND SERVICES

Exercise 1: WWW and Web Browser- Connecting to World Wide Web (WWW), Accessing Web Browser, Using
Favorites Folder, Downloading Web Pages, Understanding URL
Exercise 2: Email-Creating and Sending a new E-mail

PRACTICALS ON TALLY ERP.9

Exercise 1 :Creating a New Company in Tally ERP.9
Exercise 2 :Creating Accounting Vouchers in Tally ERP.9
Exercise 3 : Creating Financial Reports in Tally ERP.9
Exercise 4 :Tax Deducted at Source (TDS) in Tally ERP.9

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Wayne L. Winston, (2017), Microsoft Excel 2016 - Data Analysis and Business
Modeling, Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited, New Delhi
2. FaitheWempen (2016), Microsoft Office 2016 at Work for Dummies, Wiley India, New
Delhi
3. Dinesh Maidasani(2015), Learning Computer Fundamentals, MS Office and Internet &
Web Technology, 3rd Edition, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi.
4. John Walkenbach (2015), Microsoft Excel 2016 Bible: The Comprehensive Tutorial
Resource, Wiley India, New Delhi.
5. Cox (2013), Microsoft Access 2013 Step by Step, Prentice Hall India Learning Private
Limited, New Delhi
6. Tally education, (2018), Official Guide to Financial Accounting Using Tally. ERP 9

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 26

 with GST (Release 6.4), 4th revised and updated edition, BPB Publications; New Delhi
7. Asok K. Nadhani (2018), Tally ERP Training Guide - 4TH edition, BPB Publications;
New Delhi
8. Sajee Kurian, (2017) Learning Tally ERP 9 with GST, 1st edition, Blessings Inc,
Mumbai.
9. Ajay Maheshwari and ShubhamMaheshwari (2017), Implementing GST in
st
Tally.ERP 9, 1 edition, Tally E-learning.
10. Shraddha Singh, NavneetMehra (2014), Tally ERP 9 (Power of Simplicity): Software for
Business and Accounts, V&S Publishers, New Delhi

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 27

 MBA 2022-2023
Semester – I
22MBAP112 Business Communication (PRACTICAL) 2H – 1C

Instruction Hours/week L:0 T:0 P:2 Marks: Internal:50 Total:50

Course objectives
 To apply the grammar in the daily usage of business communication.
 To form meaningful sentences for communicating the thoughts and ideas.
 To choose appropriate words and tones to communicate
 To converse and make presentations effectively in all business situations
 To inculcate interpersonal skills for communication.
 To prepare error free business correspondences
Learners should be able to
1. Apply the grammar in the daily usage of business communication.
2. Form meaningful sentences for communicating the thoughts and ideas.
3. Choose appropriate words and tones to communicate
4. Converse and make presentations effectively in all business situations
5. Adapt themselves to various situations prevailing in the society.
6. Prepare error free business correspondences
Unit I Grammar
Remedial Grammar and Usage, Important Aspects of English Grammar and Usage

Parts of speech and their uses – word formation – Noun and their uses pronoun and their uses, Adjective and their uses
– Verb and their uses – tenses and their uses – articles and their uses – Preposition – Conjunction and their uses –
Punctuation – types of sentences and sentence patterns – synonyms and their uses – antonyms.

Idioms, Phrases and Clauses, Words Often Confused, One Word Substitutes, Word Formation: Prefixes, Bases and
Suffixes (Derivational & Inflectional). Word Choice: Right Words, Appropriate Words.

Unit II Phonology in English

Phonemes: Consonants – vowels and Diphthongs – Phonetic transcription of words and sentences – syllables and
CVC pattern – Rules for word accents – Weak forms and Strong forms – Accent patterns in connected speech.
Intonation: Rising tone – falling tone – Rise-fall – Fall-rise.

Unit III Conversation in English

Greeting – introduction oneself – Invitation – making oneself – making request – expressing gratitude –
complementing and congratulating- Expressing sympathy – Apologizing – Asking for Information – Seeking
permission – complaining and Expressing regret.

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 28

Unit IV Presentation
Impromptu Presentation Exercise - Interpersonal Communication Exercise - Dramatic Interpretation Exercise -
Ceremonial Presentation - Demonstration Presentation - Narrative Presentation - PowerPoint Presentation - Group
Presentation Persuasive - Individual Persuasive Presentation - Group Presentation Informative - Group Presentation
Informative - Performance Outline Submission.

Unit V Effective Writing Skills:

Elements of Effective Writing, Main Forms of Written Communication: Agenda, Minutes, Notices, Writing of CV,
Memo, Drafting an E-mail, Press Release. Correspondence: Personal, Official and Business, Report Writing. Personal
communication, employability skills, work place communication

Reference Books:

1. Geoffrey leech, Margaret Deushar, English Grammar Today.

2. P.C Wren and H. Martin. Highschool English grammar and composition. S. Chand company Mumbai, 2006.
3. W.S. Allen. Living English Structure.
4. Bansal R.K. and Harrison J.B Spoken English for India. Orient Longman, Mumbai..
5. Adler, R. B., G. Rodman, & A. du Pre`. (2013) Understanding Human Communication. 12th Edition. New
York: Oxford University Press.
6. Beebe, S.A., and S. J. Beebe. (2013) Public Speaking Handbook. 4th Edition. Pearson Education, Inc.

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 29

MBA 2022-2023
TEAM BUILDING AND LEADERSHIP Semester - I
22MBAP113 SKILLS (PRACTICAL) 2H - 1C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 0 T: 0 P: 2 Marks: Internal: 50 Total: 50

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the tools and techniques to build and maintain high performance teams
 To understand the importance of clear goals, roles, and processes for conducting effective
and productive teams
 To gain the ability to use the resources of the team to identify and overcome obstacles.
 To gain ability to run effective team meetings that produce results
 To obtain the skills for team communication strategies, tools, and techniques to
assurepositive outcomes.
 To give Feedback for Improved Performance

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Apply facilitative leadership skills to promote team communication, collaboration, and
performance.
2. Gain Confidence and ability to deal effectively with challenging team situations.
3. Ability to use ongoing evaluation and feedback tools to monitor team progress, tools for
team problem-solving and goal attainment.
4. Utilize teamwork tools that are used to align individuals to be as effective as team
members.
5. Receive and integrate feedback on decision-making practices, conflict resolution skills,
and teamwork behaviors with the support of a team-based coach.
6. Manage Conflict in Organization
Course Content
Team Building Skills
Goals, Roles and Processes, The Leader’s Role, Definitions, What Teams Need, Your Best
and Worst Experiences, Team Building Stages, Team Requirements, Team Connections,
Team Roles and Resources, Ground Rules, Utilizing Team Resources, Team Building
Process, Symptoms of Team Stress, The Five Dysfunctions of Teams, Team Meetings,
Facilitation Skills, Decision Strategies, Goal Setting and Problem Solving, Team
Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 30
 Assessment.

Communication Skills
Developing Trust, Mapping Your Stakeholders, Communication Planning, Choice and
Control, Building Blocks of Effective Communication, Influencing Skills, Successful
Delegation, Giving Feedback for Improved Performance, Managing Conflict

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Uday Kumar Haldar (2010), Leadership and Team Building, Oxford University Press,
NewDelhi.
2. Justin Hughes (2016), The Business of Excellence: Building high-performance teams and
organizations, Bloomsbury Business, NewDelhi.
3. D.K. Tripathi (2011), Team Building And Leadership (With Text & Cases), 1stedition,
Himalaya Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, NewDelhi
4. Brian Cole Miller (2015), Quick Team-Building Activities for Busy Managers: 50
Exercises That Get Results in Just 15 Minutes, 2ndedition, AMACOM, McGraw-Hill
Education Asia,Singapore.
5. Mary Scannell , Jim Cain (2012), Big Book of Low-Cost Training Games: Quick, Effective
Activities that Explore Communication, Goal Setting, Character Development,
Teambuilding, and More―And Won’t Break the Bank! , McGraw-Hill Education, New
Delhi.
6. Craig E. Runde , Tim A. Flanagan (2008), Building Conflict Competent Teams (J–B CCL
(Center for Creative Leadership)), Wiley, NewDelhi.

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 31

MBA 2022-2023
Semester – II
22MBAP201 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 4H –3C
Instruction Hours/week L:4 T:0 P:0 Marks:Internal:40 External:60 Total:100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the Operations management and operation strategy concepts and its
application in business.
 To recognize the importance factory location, plant location, Plant layout and facility
layout.
 To formulate the production planning and control systems and ensure efficient scheduling
for production.
 To understand and apply the forecasting techniques in estimating the requirement of
resources.
 To understand the quality management practice and TQM tools and its application in
improving the organizational performance.
 To understand the concept of Materials Management – functions – material planning and
budgeting and Material Requirement planning
COURSE OUTCOMES :
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the core features of the operations and production management function at the
operational and strategic levels.
2. Evaluate and decide the best plant and factory location and layout.
3. Forecast the requirement and make accurate production planning , inventory planning and
schedule the production.
4. Obtain the knowledge of applying a quality management TQM tools to improve
organizational effectiveness.
5. Effectively communicate ideas, explain procedures in oral and written forms to different
audiences.
6. Creating and delivering products & services to customers and improving process & supply
chain performance

UNIT I Operations Management and Operations Strategy

Nature, Importance, historical development, transformation processes, differences between
services and goods, Operations Strategy, Competitive Capabilities and Core Competencies,
Operations Strategy as a Competitive Weapon, Linkage Between Corporate, Business, and
Operations Strategy, Developing Operations Strategy, Elements or Components of Operations
Strategy, Competitive Priorities, Manufacturing Strategies, Service Strategies, Global Strategies
Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 32
 and Role of Operations Strategy

UNIT II Location, Layout, material handling and Maintenance

Location Strategies: Introduction, Location Planning Process-
Facility or Layout Planning and Analysis: : Introduction, Objectives of Layout, Classification of
Facilities, Basis for Types of Layouts, Layout decisions, Nature of layout problems, Redesigning
of a layout, Manufacturing facility layouts, Types of Layouts, Layout Planning, Evaluating Plant
Layouts, Assembly Line Balancing, Material handling - Overview of MRP, MRP II and ERP,
Maintenance Management- Reliability and Maintenance – Replacement Techniques.

UNIT III Production Planning and controlling, Scheduling

Production planning and Control– Objectives, functions, PPC in different types of manufacturing
systems -Capacity Planning – Long range, Types, Rough cut plan, Capacity Requirements
Planning (CRP), Developing capacity alternatives. Aggregate Planning – Purpose of Operations
Scheduling, Factors Considered while Scheduling, Scheduling Activity under PPC, Scheduling
Strategies, Scheduling Guidelines, Approaches to Scheduling, Scheduling Methodology – Gantt
Chart and sequencing (Problems), Scheduling in Services

UNIT IV Forecasting
Forecasting: Introduction, The Strategic Importance of Forecasting, Benefits, Cost implications
and Decision making using forecasting, Classification of Forecasting Process, Methods of
Forecasting, Forecasting and Product Life Cycle, Selection of the Forecasting Method, Qualitative
Methods of Forecasting, Quantitative Methods, Associative Models of Forecasting, Accuracy of
Forecasting. Work study methods.

UNIT V TQM, JIT and Supply Chain

Total Quality Management: Introduction, Meaning and Dimensions of Quality, Quality Control
Techniques, Quality Based Strategy, Total Quality Management (TQM), Towards TQM – ISO 9000
as a Platform, Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) - Statistical Process Control (SPC) (Problems)
Just-In-Time: Introduction, Characteristics of JIT, Key Processes to Eliminate Waste,
Implementation of JIT, Pre-requisites for implementation, JIT Inventory and Supply Chains –
KANBAN system - Supply Chain Management, Managing supply chain, Supply chain integration.

Note: Problems 20 Marks and Theory 80 Marks

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Jay Heizer, Barry Render, Chuck Munson, Amit Sachan (2017), Operations Management
: Sustainability and Supply chain Management, 12th edition, Pearson Education,
NewDelhi.
2. Krajewski, L.J et.al (2015), Operations Management, 11th edition, Pearson Education,
NewDelhi.
3. Russel, Taylor (2015), Operations and Supply Chain Management, 8th edition, Wiley,
NewDelhi.
Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 33
 4. B. Mahadevan (2015). Operations Management : Theory and Practice, 3rd edition,
Pearson Education, NewDelhi.
5. Pannerselvam. (2012). Production and Operations Management, 3rd edition, PHI, New
Delhi.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107238/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/107/111107128/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107141/#

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 34

MBA 2022-2023
Semester – II
22MBAP202 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 4H – 4C
Instruction Hours/week L:4 T:0 P:0 Marks: Internal:40 External:60 Total:100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the marketing concepts and conduct market analysis through environment
scanning
 To recognize and apply market segmentation branding and New Product development
concepts in real situations.
 To identify the importance of selecting the marketing channel and the pricing strategies
and its applications.
 To recognize the role of advertising, sales promotion, public relations, and market research
in the success of marketing a product.
 To understand the ethical issues related to marketing and the latest development in
marketing.
 To analysis Customer relationship marketing, Customer database, identifying and
analyzing competitors

COURSE OUTCOMES :
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the core concepts of marketing and the role of marketing in business and
society.
2. Perform market analysis and identify the best marketing mix.
3. Determine strategies for developing new products and services for the right target segment
by Conducting marketing research.
4. Understand the latest trends in marketing and apply the ethical norms in marketing domain.
5. Effectively communicate ideas, explain procedures and interpret results and solutions in
written and oral forms to the teammembers.
6. Analyze the importance of consumer buying motives & consumer behavior, Designing competitive
strategies for Leaders

UNIT I Marketing , Marketing Process and Marketing Environment

Introduction to Marketing Management: Introduction, Market and Marketing, the Exchange Process, Core
Concepts of Marketing, Functions of Marketing, Importance of Marketing
The marketing process: Introduction, Marketing Mix-The Traditional 4Ps- The Additional 3Ps
Marketing Environment: Introduction, Environmental Scanning, Analysing the Organization’s Micro
Environment, Company’s Macro Environment

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 35

 UNITII Market Segmentation, Branding and Product
Marketing segmentation- Bases for segmenting consumer Markets and Business Markets -
Steps in segmenting a Market-Strategies for selecting Target Markets, One to One Marketing
- Positioning. Buyer Behaviour.
Product Concepts-Product-Definition, Levels of product, Types-Product Items, Product Lines
and Product Mix - New Product Development: Process-Product lifecycle.

UNIT III Pricing and Marketing Channels

Pricing: Introduction, Factors Affecting Price Decisions, Cost Based Pricing, Value Based and
Competition Based Pricing, Product Mix Pricing Strategies
Need for Marketing Channels, Decisions Involved in Setting up the Channel, Channel Management
Strategies, Introduction to Logistics Management, Introduction to Retailing, Wholesaling,

UNIT IV Promotion and Personal Communication Channels

Promotion Management-Managing Non-Personal Communication Channels: Introduction,Integrated
Marketing Communications (IMC), Introduction to Advertising, Fundamentals of Sales Promotion, Basics
of Public Relations and Publicity, Personal Selling, Direct Marketing,

UNIT V Contemporary Developments in marketing

Marketing Strategies for Cmpetitors - Definitions of Customer Relationship Management (CRM), Forms
of Relationship Management, Managing Customer Loyalty and Development, Reasons Be hind Losing
Customers by Organisations, Services Marketing, E-Marketing or Online Marketing, Social marketing,
Rural Marketing and Green Marketing. Ethics in Marketing – Legal aspects of Marketing.

Suggested Readings:
1. Philip T. Kotler, Gary Armstrong, PrafullaAgnihotri , (2018), Principles of Marketing,
17th edition, Pearson Education, NewDelhi
2. V. S. Ramaswamy , S. Namakumari (2018), Marketing Management: Indian Context
Global Perspective, 6th edition, , Sage Publications India (P) Ltd., NewDelhi
3. Philip Kotler, Kevin Lane Keller, (2017), Marketing Management, 15th edition, Pearson
Education, NewDelhi
4. RajanSaxena (2017), Marketing Management, 5th edition, McGraw Hill Education, NewDelhi.
5. Philip Kotler (2017), Marketing 4.0: Moving from Traditional to Digital, Wiley, NewDelhi

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110104068/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110104070/

Karpagam Academy of Higher Education (Deemed to be University), Coimbatore – 641 021 36

 MBA 2022-2023
Semester – II
22MBAP203 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 4H – 4C
Instruction Hours/week L:4 T:0 P:0 Marks: Internal:40 External:60 Total:100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To acquire knowledge in human resource management, HR audit, and Analytics.
 To gain knowledge of HR planning, Selection, Recruitment, job analysis and its
interrelations.
 To understand the concepts and practical implications of performance management,
Training methods and career planning.
 To know about compensation and reward management and its practice in industry.
 To be familiar with Employee relations and its application for the development of
Human resources.
 To understand the methodstoimprovequalityofworklife.
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Learners should be ableto
1. Assess the job analysis for a profile and understand its linkage with HRplanning
2. Evaluate the training needs and draft a trainingprogramme.
3. Understand the compensation and reward system applicable to the industry based and
understand its linkage with performance management
4. Understand and apply the appropriate employee relations measures.
5. Understand the HR functions and latest developments in the field of HR and effectively
communicate ideas, explain procedures and interpret results and solutions in written and
oral forms to different audiences.
6. Make any manager to identify various activities related to Human Resources, Job
involved in HR, Training, Compensation and Labour welfare practices
UNIT I HRM and Trends in HR
Human resource management - introduction to Human Resource Management– Functions and
importance of HRM – Globalization and challenges to HR manager – Human Resource
Development – Trends in HR.
UNIT II Human Resource Planning
Human Resource Planning and Staffing - Human resource planning and forecasting Recruitment
and selection: Sources of recruitment, Recruitment process – Process of selection -Interviewing
for selection Induction and Placement – Employee Socialisation – Employee termination and
Exit interviews. Job analysis and Design – Process of Job Analysis - Job description, Job
specification, Job rotation, Job enrichment- Job enlargement – Job enhancement.

UNIT III Training and Development

Training Need assessment - Designing Training Programs – Methods and Techniques of

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 37

 Training and Development – training evaluation – Management development programs - Talent
Management – techniques of performance appraisal – Orientation – Socialization – Process of
socialization – Strategies. Training – Training process - Performance appraisal- Process –
Traditional and Modern Methods - 360o - 720o feedback – Ethics of performance appraisal -
challenges to performance appraisal – career and development planning- mentoring – coaching
– succession planning

UNIT IV Compensation and Reward

Compensation and Reward Management Factors influencing pay rates – Components of
compensation – Types of incentives and rewards – Employee benefits and services- Statutory
benefits - Non-Statutory (voluntary) benefits - Executive compensation – Employee social
security – Employee engagement

UNIT V Employee Relations.

Employee Relations - Managing employee relations – Grievance Management - organizational
discipline – dispute settlement – Collective bargaining – Employee Health and Safety - Social
Security Measures – I-HRM trends – Complexities – challenges and choices in future -
Managing Expatriates - Quality of Work life – Concepts – Methods to improve quality of work
life. Diversity management – Strategic Human resource management – HR audit accounting -
HR analytics. Comparative study of HRM practice in major Global economies.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Dessler, G. and BijjuVarkkey (2017). Human Resource Management,15thedition,
Pearson Education, NewDelhi.
2. Aswathappa, K. (2017). Human Resource Management, 68h edition, McGraw Hill
Education, NewDelhi.
3. David A. Decenzo , Stephen P. Robbins, Susan L. Verhulst (2015), Human Resource
Management,11th edition, Wiley, NewDelhi.
4. George W Bohlander and Scott., Snell., (2016). Principles of Human Resource
Management , 16th edition, Cengage India, NewDelhi.
5. Scott Snell, George Bohlander ,Veena Vohra (2010), Human Resources Management: A
South Asian Perspective, 1st edition, Cengage India, NewDelhi.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105069/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122105020/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 38

 MBA 2022-2023
Semester – II
22MBAP204 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 5H – 4C
Instruction Hours/week L:4 T:1 P:0 Marks: Internal:40 External:60 Total:100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the scientific approaches to decision-making through mathematical
modeling and solving linear programming models.
 To use variables for formulating complex mathematical models in management
science, industrial engineering and transportation science.
 To know the advanced methods for large-scale transportation, assignment problems
and inventory models.
 To formulate and solve problems as networks and graphs
 To recognize the mathematical and computational modeling of real decision-making
problems,
 To analyseCompetitive Decision Models

COURSE OUTCOMES :
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the principles and techniques of Operations Research and their applications
indecision-making.
2. Realize and apply mathematical techniques for shortest path, maximum flow, minimal
spanning tree, critical path, minimum cost flow, and transshipment problems.
3. Formulate linear programming (LP) models and understand the cost minimization and
profit maximization concepts.
4. Select the best strategy on the basis of decision criteria under the uncertainty.
5. Demonstrate capabilities of problem-solving, critical thinking, and communication skills.
6. Understand the concept of Dynamic Programming

UNIT I Operations Research and Linear Programming

Introduction, Historical Background, Scope of Operations Research , Features of Operations
Research, Phases of Operations Research, Types of Operations Research Models,
Operations Research Methodology, Operations Research Techniques and Tools , Structure
of the Mathematical Model, Limitations of Operations Research
Linear Programming: Introduction, Linear Programming Problem, Requirements of LPP,
Mathematical Formulation of LPP, Case Studies of LPP, Graphical Methods to Solve
Linear Programming Problems, Applications, Advantages, Limitations, Graphical Analysis,
Some Basic Definitions, Graphical Methods to Solve LPP, Some Exceptional Cases,

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 39

 Important Geometric Properties of LPP, Standard Form of LPP, Fundamental theorem of
LPP, Solution of LPP – Simplex Method

The Simplex Algorithm, Penalty Cost Method or Big M-method, Two Phase Method,
Solved Problems on Minimisation, Importance of Duality Concepts, Formulation of Dual
Problem, Economic Interpretation of Duality, Sensitivity Analysis.

UNIT II Transportation and Assignment Models

Transportation Problem: Introduction, Formulation of Transportation Problem (TP),

Transportation Algorithm (MODI Method), the Initial Basic Feasible Solution, Moving
Towards Optimality

Assignment Problem: Introduction, Mathematical Formulation of the Problem, Hungarian Method

Algorithm,Routing Problem, Travelling Salesman Problem

UNIT III Network Analysis

Network Analysis – Construction of networks, Components and Precedence relationships –
Event – activities – rules of network construction, errors and dummies in network.
PERT/CPM networks –project scheduling with uncertain activity times – Critical Path
Analysis – Forward Pass method, Backward Pass method – Float (or slack) of an activity
and event –Time – cost trade-offs – crashing activity times.

UNIT IV Queuing Models

Queuing Theory, Operating Characteristics of a Queuing System, Constituents of a Queuing
System, Service Facility, Queue Discipline, Introduction, Mathematical Analysis of
Queuing Process, Properties of Queuing System, Notations, Service System, Single Channel
Models, Multiple Service Channels, Erlang Family of Distribution of Service Times,
Applications of Queuing Theory, Limitations of Queuing Theory, Finite Queuing Models
UNIT V Simulation and Game Theory
Methodology of Simulation, Basic Concepts, Simulation Procedure, Application of
Simulation - Simulation Monte-Carlo Method: Introduction, Monte-Carlo Simulation,
Applications of Simulation, Advantages of Simulation, Limitations of Simulation
Game Theory: Introduction, Competitive Situations, Characteristics of Competitive Games,

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 40

 Maximin – Minimax Principle, Dominance
Note: Problems 60 Marks and Theory 40 Marks.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Wayne L. Winston, S. Christian Albright (2018), Practical Management Science, 6th Edition,
Cengage Learning, New Delhi.
2. Frederick S. Hillier, Gerald J. Lieberman, Bodhibrata Nag,Preetam Basu (2017),
Introduction to Operations Research, 10th edition, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi.
3. J.K. Sharma (2017). Operations Research - Theory and Applications., 6th edition, Laxmi
Publications, New Delhi.
4. G. Srinivasan (2017), Operations Research: Principles and Applications, PHI, New Delhi
5. Taha (2014), Operations Research: An Introduction, 9th edition, Pearson education, New
Delhi.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 41

 MBA 2022-2023
Semester – II
22MBAP205 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 4H - 4C
Instruction Hours/week L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the financial management concept and its importance and its applications in
business, their relationship with the business environment and the role and functions of
chief financial officer.
 To know the concept of time value of money and the rationale for using the time value of
money concept in capital budgeting techniques for evaluations of business proposals.
 To recognize the availability of difference source of capital and computation of cost of
capital.
 To recognize the importance of financial leverage, dividend policies and capital structure
theories and its application in business.
 To comprehend on the importance working capital, its determination and application.
 To understand the factorsaffectingworkingcapitalrequirements

COURSEOUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the role of a financial manager, and their role in taking decisions
professionally.
2. Demonstrate knowledge and compute value of money over time and apply the concept to
Evaluate the business proposal applying capital budgeting techniques
3. Compute the cost of capital and financial leverage to estimate the optimal capital
structure.
4. Comprehend the knowledge of assessing the working of organization to assess the
liquidity position of the firm.
5. Demonstrate capabilities of teamwork, problem-solving, critical thinking, and
communication skills related to finance decisions.
6. Develop analytical skills which facilitate the financial decision making in business
situations
UNIT I Financial Management and Sources of Finance
Financial Management: Meaning, nature and scope of finance goal –profit vs. wealth
maximization; Finance decisions – investment, financing and dividend decisions. Role of
finance manager – Professional Ethics - Treasurer Vs. Controller.

Sources of Finance - Long Term Sources of Finance: Equity, Debentures, Preference Shares,
Long term loan, Private equity, Venture capital and Angel investor, Asset Based Fiancing.
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 42
 Short term Sources of Finance : Short term loan, commercial paper, certificate of deposits,
commercial paper, bill of exchange, factoring.
UNIT II Time Value of Money and Capital Budgeting
Time value of money: Present value, future value, Annuity, Annuity Due, Perpetuity, Amortization
schedule,

Capital Budgeting : Independent, Mutually exclusive and Contingent Projects,––Evaluation

Technique - Non discounted Cashflow Methods- Payback, ARR - Discounted cashflow methods:
NPV, IRR, profitability index - Capital Rationing – Capital budgeting decision under Risk and
Uncertainity.
UNIT III Capital Structure and Cost of Capital
Capital Structure: forms – importance – optimal capital structure – Theories – Net Income
Approach – Net Operating Income Approach - Factors determining capital structure – changes in
capital structure – capital gearing.

Cost of Capital: Cost of capital – meaning – significance – classification of cost – determination –

problems – computation of cost of specific - sources of finance - cost of Debt, Equity& Preference
shares , Retained earnings – Computation of weighted average cost of capital, Marginal cost of
capital.
UNIT IV Leverage and Dividend policy
Leverages: Meaning – Types – Financial Leverage – Trading on Equity - Operating Leverage –
Composite – Working Capital Leverage- EBIT – EPS Analysis- Indifference point.

Dividend: Approaches – determinants – types of dividend policy – forms of dividend. - effects and
objects of bonus issue – Dividend theories and Models - Relevance and Irrelevance theories-
Walter’s Model, Gordon’s Model and MM approach.
UNIT V Working Capital Management
Working capital Management: Meaning - concept – Gross – Net - kinds – importance of adequate
working capital - determinants of working capital - working capital policy- estimation of working
capital– operating cycle/ cash conversion cycle- working capital finance - Commercial paper,
Company deposit, Trade credit, Bank finance. Cash management: optimal cash, cash budget.
Inventory management: EOQ, Reorder level Receivables Management: Credit policy, receivables
matrix. Corporate restructuring and contemporary issues in Financial Management.
Note: Mark distribution - Problems 40 marks and Theory 60 marks.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 43

 SUGGESTED READINGS:
th
1. Pandey. I.M. (2016). Financial Management, 11 edition, Vikas Publishing House, New
Delhi.
2. Vanhorne, J. C and Wachowicz, J .M Jr. (2015). Fundamentals of Financial Management.
13thedition. Pearson Education, NewDelhi.
3. Lawrence J. Gitman, Chad J. Zutter, (2017). Principles of Managerial Finance.
(13thedition). Pearson Education, NewDelhi.
4. Khan, M.K. and Jain, P.K. (2017). Financial Management, 7thedition, McGraw Hill, New
Delhi
5. Chandra, P. (2017). Financial Management Theory and Practice, 9th edition, McGraw
Hill, New Delhi:

E-Resource:

 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107144/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 44

 MBA 2022-2023
Semester – II
22MBAP206 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY FOR 4H – 4C
MANAGEMENT

Instruction Hours/week L:4 T:0 P:0 Marks: Internal:40 External:60 Total:100

End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the basic framework of research and research process and its important in
business decision.
 To develop an understanding of various research designs and sampling techniques and its
application.
 To identify appropriate sources of information and methods of data collection for solving
a business issue.
 To understand the selection of appropriate tools to analyse the quantitative and
qualitative data.
 To understand the ethical norms for research and select the best type of research report
and be familiar with the content to be included in the report.
 To understand about Attitude Measurement and Scaling.
COURSE OUTCOMES :
Learners should be able to
1. Assess the best suitable research type and formulate the research objective for the business
problem.
2. Formulate the suitable research designs and select appropriate sampling techniques for the
research.
3. Select the appropriate data collection method for solving the business issue and decide the
appropriate measurement scale for designing the instrument for data collection.
4. Apply appropriate analytical tools for the data collected and formulate a suitable suggestion
for the business problem.
5. Demonstrate capabilities of team work, problem-solving, critical thinking, and
communication skills and design a suitable research report based on the ethical norms of
research.
6. Understand NormsforUsing Tables,Charts and Diagrams

UNIT I Research:
Research - Meaning, types, criteria of good research, marketing research, scientific approach to
research inphysical and management science, limitations of applying scientific methods in
business research problems,ethical issues in business research.
Research process – Steps - problem formulation, management problem v/s. researchproblem,
Review of Literature.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 45

 UNIT II Research Design and Sampling Design
Business Research Design: Exploratory, Descriptive, and Causal research - Meaning, suitability,
collection, hypothesis formulation
Sampling Design - Meaning, Steps in Sampling process, Sample Size - Sampling
Errors,SamplingTechniques- Probability and Non probability.

UNIT III Sources of Data collection and Scaling Techniques

Data collection: Primary and Secondary data – Sources – advantages/disadvantages,Data
collection Methods – Observations, Survey, Interview and Questionnaire.Measurement& Scaling
Techniques: Nominal Scale, Ordinal Scale, Interval Scale, Rating Scale, Criteria forgood
measurement, attitude measurement – Likert’s Scale, Semantic Differential Scale, Thurstone-
equalappearing interval scale, MDS – Multi Dimensional Scaling.
Questionnaire Design: Questionnaire method; Types of Questionnaires; Process of Questionnaire
Designing; Advantages and Disadvantages of Questionnaire Method. Data Processing: Data
Editing; Coding; Classification and Tabulation of Data.

UNIT IV Univariate and Bivariate Analysis of Data:

Hypothesis - Meaning, Types, characteristics, sources, Formulation of Hypothesis, Errors in hypothesis testing,
Parametric and Nonparametric test: T-test, Z-test, F-test, U-test, Rank-Sum test, K-W test. (Theory
only).
ANOVA – One-way & Two-way classification
Analysis of Business Research: Bivariate Analysis (Chi-square only)
Multivariate Analysis -Factor Analysis, Discriminant Analysis, Cluster Analysis, Conjoint
Analysis, (Theory only). Structural Equation Model using AMOS.

UNIT V Research Report Writing and Ethics in research

Types of research reports – Brief reports and Detailed reports; Report writing: Structure of the
research report- Preliminary section, Main report, Interpretations of Results and Suggested
Recommendations; Report writing: Formulation rules for writing the report: Guidelines for
presenting tabular data, Guidelines for visual Representations.
Ethics in Research: Meaning of Research Ethics; Clients Ethical code; Researchers Ethical code;
Ethical Codes related to respondents; Responsibility of ethics in research, Plagarism.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 46

 Citations : Meaning and Purpose and Types of citations and its interpretations.

Note: Case study (20 Marks) and Theory 80 Marks

Chapter 4 – Theory will be covered here and practically applied using SPSS Practical

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Uma Sekaran, Roger Bougie (2018), Research Methods for Business: ASkill-Building
Approach, 7th edition, Wiley, NewDelhi.
2. C.R. Kothari , Gaurav Garg (2018), Research Methodology, Fourth Edition, New Age
International Publishers, NewDelhi.
3. Donald Cooper and Pamela Schindler (2017), Business Research Methods, 11th edition,
McGraw Hill education, NewDelhi.
4. Zikmund William G. et.al (2016), Business Research Methods, Cengage India,New
Delhi.
5. Mark N.K. Saunders, Philip Lewis, Adrian Thornhill (2015), Research Methodsfor
Business Students, 7th edition, Pearson Education, NewDelhi.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121106007/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110107080

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 47

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - II
22MBAP207 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM 3H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 3 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal:40 External:60 Total:100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 Discuss the concept of information system

 Understand the concept of digital convergence and changing business environment

 Assess the Computer Hardware and its technologies
 Recognize management challenges
 Understand contemporary approach to IS
 Discuss Information and knowledge economy

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Analyze the use of information systems in business.
2. Examine emerging trends in information technology for organizations.
3. Understand how information technology systems influence organizational strategies.
4. Evaluate the prevailing ethical issues of information systems.
5. Critique core information systems applications from a business perspective.
6. Assess the procedures for securing information systems.

UNIT I Organisation and Information Systems

Changing Environment and its impact on Business - The IT/IS and itsinfluence - The Organisation:
Structure, Managers and activities - Data, information and its attributes - The levelof people and their
information needs - Types of Decisions and information - Information System,categorisation of
information on the basis of nature and characteristics.
UNIT II Information System
Nature of IT decision - Strategic decision - Configuration design and evaluationInformation technology
implementation plan. Transaction Processing System (TPS) - Office Automation System (OAS) -
Management Information System (MIS) - Decision Support System (DSS) and Group Decision Support
System(GDSS) - Expert System (ES) - Executive Support System (EIS or ESS).
UNIT III Computer fundamentals, Telecommunication and Networks

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 48

 Computer System – Introduction - Generationof Computers - Classification of Computers - Input and
output devices - Software – System s/w and Applications/w - O/S – Functions and
Features.Communication, Media, Modems & Channels - LAN, MAN & WAN - Network Topologies,
Internet, Intranetand Extranet. Wireless technologies like Wi-Fi, Bluetooth and Wi-Max.
UNIT IV Enterprise System
Information systems for Accounting, Finance, Production andManufacturing, Marketing and HRM
functions - IS in hospital, hotel, bank industry. Enterprise Resources Planning (ERP): Features, selection
criteria, merits, issues andchallenges in Implementation - Supply Chain Management (SCM): Features,
Modules in SCM - CustomerRelationship Management (CRM): Phases.Knowledge Management and e-
governance
UNIT V Security and Ethical Challenges
Security and ethical challenges: Ethical responsibilities of Business Professionals – Business,
technology.Computer crime – Hacking, cyber theft, unauthorized use at work. Piracy – software and
intellectual property.Privacy – Issues and the Internet Privacy.Challenges – working condition,
individuals. Health and Social Issues, Ergonomics and cyber terrorism.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Laudon, K. C., & Laudon, J. P. (2020).Management information systems: Managing the digital
firm, 16th ed. Pearson.
2. Kenneth Laudon & Jane Laudon, (2017). Management Information System, 14 ed Pearson Edu.
India.
3. Jaiswal and Mittal (2012), Management Information Systems, Oxford University Press
4. D.P Goyal (2014) Management Information Systems, 2nd Edition, Mcmillan India Ltd.
5. David & Olsen (2016)Management Information Systems, 2nd Edition, TMH

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 49

 MBA 2022-2023
Semester – II
22MBAP211 Decision Making Using Statistical Package (PRACTICAL) 4H-2C
Instruction Hours/week L:0 T:0 P:4 Marks: Internal:40 External:60 Total:100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the importance of Statsistical package and the features for entering the data
according to the variable type.
 To understand and apply the descriptive analytical tools.
 To know the univariate tools and its application.
 To comprehend the application of Bivariate analysis.
 To understand and compute the multivariate analysis using the package.
 To learn the data editing and derive required graphs.

COURSEOUTCOMES:
Learners should be ableto
1. Create datasheet and enter the data
2. Compute descriptive statistics using the package and graphically represent the data.
3. Perform univariate and bivariate analysis in the software package.
4. Perform multivariate analysis in the software package.
5. Perform multivariate analysis in the software package.

6. Demonstrate capabilities of problem-solving, critical thinking, and communication skills to

infer theoutput.

EXPERIMENTS:
PRACTICALS ON STATISTICAL PACKAGE FOR SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH
Exercise 1: Data entry in SPSS ( Coding and Encoding), Data Editing.

Data analysis tools in SPSS:

Exercise 2: Compute frequencies distribution, skewness and kurtosis
Exercise 3: Compute Descriptive Statistics

Computation of Bivariate, Univariate and Multivariate Analysis:

Exercise 4: Compute INDEPENDENT SAMPLE ‘t’ TEST to find whether mean differs between two groups
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 50
 Exercise 5: Compute PAIRED SAMPLE ‘t’ TEST
Exercise 6: Compute Chi-square test to find association between two variables
Exercise 7: Compute ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE (ANOVA) to find whether mean differs among more than
two groups
Exercise 8: Compute Correlation to find nature of relation between dependent and independent variable
Exercise 9: Compute regression test to ascertain the combined influence of select independent variables over
dependent variable
Exercise 10: Compute FACTOR ANALYSIS to find out the important factors (or) variables among the
various set of variables

Suggested Readings:
1. Darren George, Paul Mallery (2016), IBM SPSS Statistics 23 Step by Step, Routledge, NewDelhi.
2. Asthana &BrajBhushan (2017), Statistics for Social Sciences (With SPSS Applications), PHI,New
Delhi.
3. Keith Mccormick, Jesus Salcedo, Aaron Poh, SPSS Statistics forDummies, 3rd edition, Wiley, New
Delhi.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 51

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAP212 Campus to Corporate Communication (PRACTICAL) 2H – 1C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 0 T: 0 P :2 Marks: Internal: 50 Total: 50

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To comprehend on the requirement of the industry.
 To develop basic skills required in corporate.
 To exhibit corporate etiquettes.
 To understand and display the professional competencies.
 To Assess and manage the emotional intelligence of self and others.
 To reveal the interpersonal skills expectations of a workplace.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Comprehend on the requirement of the industry.
2. Develop basic skills required in corporate.
3. Exhibit corporate etiquettes.
4. Understand and display the professional competencies.
5. Assess and manage the emotional intelligence of self and others.
6. Reveal the interpersonal skills expectations of a workplace.

UNIT 1 Difference between campus and Corporate:

– Change management - Learn the Culture - Impact of your attitude and behavior - Consider the language
– Establish and maintain relationship – Respect others - Be Confident - Keep on learning - Consider the
body language.

UNIT II Grooming for Corporate:

Corporate Etiquettes - Dressing and grooming skills - Workplace etiquette - Business etiquette - E-
Mail etiquette - Telephone etiquette - Meeting etiquette

UNIT III Professional Competencies:

Analytical Thinking - Listening Skills - Time management - Team Skills – Assertiveness - Stress
Management - Participating in Group Discussion - Interview facing – Ownership - Attention to Detail.

Building Positive Relationships – Giving Praise – Dealing with Criticism – Managing Conflict.

UNIT IV Emotional Intelligence (EI)

Perspectives on the Science and History of EI, How Emotions Work, Developing EI Abilities and
Competencies, Workforce Diversity and EI in the Workplace, Workplace Leadership: Using and
Understanding Emotions, Empathy, moods, Managing Other People’s Emotions

UNIT V Interpersonal Communication:

Formal and informal talk – listen to follow and respond to explanations, directions and instructions in
academic and business contexts – strategies for presentations and interactive communication –
group/pair presentations – negotiate disagreement in group work.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 52

 Lexical chunking for accuracy and fluency- factors influence fluency, deliver a five-minute informal
talk – greet – respond to greetings – describe health and symptoms – invite and offer – accept – decline
– take leave – listen for and follow the gist- listen for detail - Recitation of short stories - Social
Conversation Skills – Presentation - One Act Plays- Situational Analysis – Thematic Appreciation Test

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Ferguson Careers skills library (2015), COMMUNICATION SKILLS AND PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT, 1st edition, Ferguson
2. Sanjay Kumar (Author), PushpLata (2015), Communication Skills, 2nd edition, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
3. Sanjay Kumar (Author), PushpLata (2018), Communication Skills – A Workbook, 1st edition,
Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
4. Cengage Learning India (2013), English Language Communication Skills: Lab Manual cum
Workbook w/CD, 1st edition, Cengage, New Delhi.
5. BarunMitra (2016), Personality Development and Soft Skills, 2nd edition, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi.
6. Gopalaswamy Ramesh (2013), The Ace of Soft Skills: Attitude, Communication and Etiquette
for Success, 1st edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
7. Keith McCormick, Jesus Salcedo, Jon Peck, Andrew Wheeler, Jason Verlen (2017), SPSS
Statistics for Data Analysis and Visualization, Wiley, NewDelhi.
8. Brian C. Cronk (2016), How to Use SPSS®: A Step-By-Step Guide to Analysis and
th
Interpretation, 9 edition, Routledge, NewDelhi.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 53

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAP301 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT 4H – 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P : 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours 0ours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the Concept of entrepreneurship, types of entrepreneurs and skills required by an
entrepreneur.
 To Generate creative business ideas and pitch the idea,
 To formulate a business plan assessing marketing, technical and financial feasibility.
 To understand the Functional plans of a new business.
 To select the best source of financing the business ventures
 To comprehend apply the recent changes and legal aspects to new business ventures.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the Concept of entrepreneurship, types of entrepreneurs and skills required by an
entrepreneur.
2. Generate creative business ideas and pitch the idea,
3. Formulate a business plan assessing marketing, technical and financial feasibility.
4. Understand the Functional plans of a new business.
5. Select the best source of financing the business ventures
6. Comprehend apply the recent changes and legal aspects to new business ventures.

UNIT I Entrepreneurship
Entrepreneurship: Concept, knowledge and skills requirement; characteristic of successful
entrepreneurs; role of entrepreneurship in economic development; entrepreneurship process; factors
impacting emergence of entrepreneurship; managerial vs. entrepreneurial approach and emergence of
entrepreneurship.
Types of Entrepreneurs (Clarence Danhoff’s Classification) - Intrapreneurship – Concept and Types
(Hans Schollhammer’s Classification) - Entrepreneurship in different contexts:

UNIT II Business Idea Generation

Starting the venture: generating business idea – sources of new ideas, methods of generating ideas,
creative problem solving, opportunity recognition; environmental scanning, competitor and industry
analysis.
Introduction to business models; Creating value propositions-conventional industry logic, value
innovation logic; customer focused innovation; building and analyzing business models; Business model
canvas, Introduction to startups – Meaning, Definition, Business Pitching.

UNIT III Marketing and Financial Plan

Feasibility study – market feasibility, technical/operational feasibility, financial feasibility; drawing
business plan;

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 54

 Functional plans: marketing plan – marketing research for the new venture, steps in preparing marketing
plan, contingency planning; organizational plan – form of ownership, designing organization structure,
job design, manpower planning; Financial plan – cash budget, working capital, Performa income
statement Performa cash flow, perform balance sheet, break-even analysis. Preparing project report;
presenting business plan to investors.

UNIT IV Sources of Finance for Entrepreneurs

Public and private system of stimulation, support and sustainability of entrepreneurship. Requirement,
availability and access to finance, marketing assistance, technology, and industrial accommodation, Role
of industries/entrepreneur’s associations and self-help groups. The concept, role and functions of
business incubators, debt or equity financing, commercial banks, angel investors, venture capital and
private equity funds. Startups – Definition – Startup Ecosystem – mobilizing resources for startup –
basic Startup problems – Funding opportunities for Startups. Mudra Scheme – Financing for Startups –
Seed Capital, Private equity, Angel Investor, venture capital and crowd fund.

UNIT V Current Trends and Legal aspects of Entrepreneurship

Women Entrepreneurship, Rural Entrepreneurship, technopreneurship, cultural entrepreneurship,
international entrepreneurship, netpreneurship, ecopreneurship, and social entrepreneurship. Legal
issues – intellectual property rights patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, licensing; franchising.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Robert Hisrich and Michael Peters and Dean Shepherd (2018), Entrepreneurship, 10th Edition,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
2. David H. Holt (2016), Entrepreneurship, 1st Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
3. Sangeetha Sharma (2017), Entrepreneurship Development, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Poornima M., Charantimath (2018), Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises,
3rd edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi
5. S.S.Khanka (2012), Entrepreneurial Development, S.Chand, New Delhi.

E-Resources
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ihs4VFZWwn4
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/127105007/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106141/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107094/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 55

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAP302 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 3H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 3 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To make the students to understand the concepts of International business
 To know the export procedure for production and shipment
 To enhance knowledge in EXIM policy
 To understand the Logistics and International marketing channel decision.
 To get an insight on the need for documentation, Process of obtaining Export and Import License
 To Understand the Concept of Export, EXIM strategies, custom clearance and Export incentive schemes.

COURSEOUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Comprehend the concepts of International business, trade procedures and Exim Policy apply lifelong
2. Understand the basics of shipment, foreign trade and international agencies and agreement.
3. Demonstrate capabilities of analysing problems, team work and communication skills
4. Develop knowledge on international financial institutions
5. Acquire knowledge on foreign trade.
6. Understand Financingofforeigntrade andDocumentation

UNIT I : International Business:

International Business - Elements of International Business, Globalisation. International Trade theories
and their application - Mercantilism, Absolute advantage, Comparative advantage, Heckscher- Ohlin,
Product life cycle theory and Porter’s diamond model.

UNIT II : International Business Environment and Culture

Environemt - Economic Environment, Political Environment, Demographic environment, Legal
Environment
Culture and International Business: Introduction, Meaning of Culture, Country Culture, and Culture in
an International Business Organization
Balance of Trade – Balance of Payment – Current – Unilateral - Disequilibrium of BOP.

UNIT III Foreign Investments, Regional Economic integration and Global trade institutions
Foreign Investments, Types and Motives: Foreign investments, types of foreign investments, motives
Regional integration: Introduction, Overview of Regional Integration, Types of Integration, Regional
Trading Arrangements, India and Trade Agreements
Global Trade Institutions: World Trade Organization (WTO), International LabourOrganisation (ILO),
International Monetary Fund (IMF). Structure and functions of Regional Economic arrangements like EU
– NAFTA – SAARC – ASEAN.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 56

 UNIT IV : Functional Knowledge in International perspective
International Financial Management: Introduction, Overview of International Financial Management,
Components of International Financial Management, Scope of International Financial Management
International Accounting Practices: Introduction, International Accounting Standards, Accounting for
International Business, International Regulatory Bodies, International Financial Reporting Standards
International Marketing: Introduction, scanning international markets, mode of entering into potential
markets, Global Marketing Strategies, Branding for International Markets
International Human Resource Management: Introduction, International Organizational Structures,
Introduction to International Human Resource Management, Scope of International Human Resource
Management

UNIT V Finance and International Trade:

Finance and International Trade - Documentation in International Trade, Financing Techniques, Export
Promotion Schemes, Export and Import Finance
Trade Barriers., Tariff – Classification – Impact – Nominal, effective, optimum tariff – Non tariff barriers
EXIM Policy - Export procedure – Offer and receipt of confirmed order – production, shipment and
banking procedure – Negotiation – Documents for export trade – Export incentives to Indian exporters.
Export Finance- Payment terms, Pre and Post shipment credit, Institutional finance for exports, EXIM
Bank, Letter of Credit and financing of foreign trade, ECGC, Importer–Exporter Code (IEC).

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. K. Aswathappa (2017), International Business, 6th edition, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
2. Francis Cherunilam, (2013), International Trade and Export Management. Himalaya Publications,
Mumbai.
3. Charles W. L. Hill, G. Tomas M. Hult, RohitMehtani (2018), International Business: Competing in
the Global Marketplace, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
4. Gupta C.B.(2014), International Business, S.Chand, New Delhi.
5. Varma Sumati (2019), Fundamentals of International Business, 4th edition, Pearson Education,
New Delhi.
6. Francis Cherunilam, (2013), InternationalTrade and Export Management. Himalaya Publications,
Mumbai.

E-Resources
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fU7xJ2AYM3w&list=PLesgViD0jhW_pW9WVtA4oe4w3TRVecbEQ

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 57

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPF303A INVESTMENT ANALYSIS 4H - 3C
AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the Concept of investing and mechanics for formulating investment decisions.
 To communicate orally and in written form the concepts of Concept of investing and mechanics for formulating
investment decisions.
 To apply the investing concepts and skills lifelong.
 To clarify the structure and functioning of capital market.

 To expose the concepts of investment Risks and Securities.

 To facilitate them to understand and exploit the tools available for analysis.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the Concept of investing and mechanics for formulating investment decisions.
2. Apply the investing concepts and skills lifelong.
3. Demonstrate capabilities of problem-solving, critical thinking, team work and communication skills
4. Demonstrate knowledge and compute value of security analysis & portfolio management and apply the concept to

Evaluate the business proposal applying capital budgeting techniques

5. Understand about SAPM. Investments’, its types, risk involved in investments’, analysis pertaining to investments,
Portfolio Theory and models on investment management.
6. Comprehend the knowledge of assessing the working of organization to assess the liquidity position of thefirm.

UNIT I : Investment and Investment Avenues

Concepts of investment – Saving Vs. Investment, Investment Vs. Speculation Vs. Gambling, Sources of
investment information- Investment Avenues :Non marketable Financial Assets – Money Market Instruments –
Bond/Debentures – Equity Shares – Schemes of LIC – Mutual Funds– Real Assets – Real Estate – Art – antiques
and others.
Hedging Instruments : Derivatives: Financial Derivatives –Futures and Options - Stock and Index futures and
options - Commodity Derivatives – Structure of commodity exchanges – Commodity futures and options –
Hedging using commodity futures. Stock Market – Stock Market Regulator and SEBI.

UNIT II: Risk and Return and Valuation of Securities

Concept of total risk, factors contributing to total risk - systematic and unsystematic risk : default risk,
interest rate risk, market risk, management risk, purchasing power risk. Risk & risk aversion. Meaning
and Types of Returns- Holding Period return – Expected return – Annualized return – Measurement of
Risk : Standard deviation and beta - Capital allocation between risky & risk free assets-Utility analysis.
Bond Valuation, Preference Share Valuation and Share Valuation: Dividend discount models- no
growth, constant growth (Problems)

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 58

 UNIT III Fundamental Analysis, Technical Analysis and Market Efficiency
Fundamental Analyisis- Economic analysis: Leading lagging and coincident macro-economic
indicators, Expected direction of movement of stock prices with macroeconomic variables in the Indian
context; Industry analysis: stages of life cycle, MichealE.Porter’s five forces model, SWOT analysis,
Company analysis: Financial Statement Analysis.
Technical Analysis: meaning, assumptions, difference between technical and fundamental analysis; -
Technical Tools - Dow theory, Primary Trend – The secondary Trend – Minor Trends, Support and Resistance
Level ,Indicators, Simple Moving averages, MACD, Charts: line chart, bar chart, candle chart, point &
figure chart, Patterns: head & shoulders, triangle, rectangle, flag, cup and saucer.
Efficient Market Hypothesis; Concept of efficiency: Random walk, Three forms of EMH

UNIT IV :Portfolio Management

Portfolio Management – Portfolio creating process -Principles of Portfolio Construction -Portfolio
Analysis: portfolio risk and return, Markowitz portfolio model: risk and return for 2 and 3 asset
portfolios, concept of efficient frontier and optimum portfolio- Mean Variance Criterion – covariance
– Beta (simple problems) – Portfolio Theory : Capital asset pricing model – Arbitrage pricing theory.
assumptions, significances and limitations of each theory

UNIT V: Mutual Funds, Portfolio Evaluation and Portfolio Revision

Mutual Funds : Introduction, Mutual Funds Products and Features- calculation of Net Asset
Value(NAV) of a Fund, classification of mutual fund schemes by structure and objective, advantages
and disadvantages of investing through mutual funds- open ended and close ended Funds- Historical
Perspective of Mutual Funds, Mutual Fund Industry in India and Abroad. Performance Evaluation
using Sharpe’s Treynor’s and Jensen’s measures. Meaning – needs – Sharpe’s performance measures
– Treynor’s Performance Index – Jensen’s Performance Index – their significance and limitations –
Portfolio revision (Problems).

Note: Distribution of marks - 80% theory and 20% problems

SUGGESTED READINGS :
1. Sasidharan, K. and Alex, K. Mathews. (2013). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. New
Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited.
2. Punithavathy, Pandian. (2013). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. New Delhi: Vikas
Publishing House Pvt Ltd.
3. Donald, E. Fischer., and Ronald, J. Jordan. (2010). Security Analysis & Portfolio Management. New
Delhi: Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd.
4. Prasanna Chandra. (2010). Managing Investments. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
5. Avadhani, V.A. (2008).Securities Analysis and Portfolio Management. New Delhi: Himalaya
Publishing House,
6. Kevin. (2010). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India Private
Ltd.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105035/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 59

 MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPF303B MERCHANT BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the features and functioning of the financial markets and financial services operations.
 To communicate orally and in written form the concepts features and functioning of the financial markets and
financial services operations.
 To apply the knowledge of financial markets, financial services operations lifelong.
 To understand competent in creating different types of charges and documentation in respect of different types of

borrowers against various types of securities.

 To apply the Concept of banking and insurance, its products in lifelong practice
 To develop a perfect understanding of the procedure and precautions to be adopted by bankers in dealing with
different types of securities.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to

1. Understand the features and functioning of the financial markets and financial services operations and apply
lifelong.
2. Communicate orally and in written form the features and functioning of the financial markets and financial services
operations.
3. Demonstrate capabilities of analysing problems, team work and communication skills
4. To give them an overview about insurance market

5. To gain a comprehensive knowledge on the procedural formalities in dealing with different types of customers.
6. To understand competent in creating different types of charges and documentation in respect of different types of
borrowers against various types of securities

UNITI :Merchant Banking and Financial Services:

Introduction, concept of merchant banking, financial system in India, development of merchant
banks and regulations
Objectives of financial services – types of financial services (fund based and fees based) – capital
market services and money market services – intermediaries: banking financial corporations, non
banking financial corporations and insurance corporations- financial services sector problems and
reforms, growth of financial services in India.

UNIT II: Issue Management

pre-issue and post-issue management activities performed by merchant banks.
Different roles played by underwriters and brokers in issue management and their
responsibilities
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 60
 Needs of Indian companies for raising funds from foreign markets usage of euro issue,
evaluation of various types of depository receipts -American Depository Receipts, Global
Depository Receipts, FCCBs and FCEBs.

UNIT III Depositories, Securitization and Venture capital

Depositories :Online trading, dematerialization and re-materialization, Depository system, the
Depository Act of 1996 and depository participants. NSDL, CDSL and benefits of a depository
system
Credit Rating - Introduction of credit rating, processes, scope of credit rating agencies in
India.
Securitization of Debts -Introduction of securitization, features, advantages and the steps
involved in the securitization process, guidelines laid down by the Securitization Act, 2002,
Venture Capital Funds -Introduction of venture capital fund, features, emergence of venture
capitalism in India.

UNIT IV Leasing and Hire Purchase

Leasing – History and Development – Concept and Classification – Types – Advantages –
Disadvantages - Legislative Framework – Supplier, Lessor, Lessee Relationship – Sub Lease – Default
and Remedies – Lease Evaluation in Lessee’s and Lessor’s point of view.
Hire Purchase – Concept and Characteristics – Rate of Interest – Methods of reporting adopted for hire
purchase transactions - Legal aspects – Tax implication frame work for Financial Evaluation –Concept
of credit Rating. Types of credit Rating - Advantages and Disadvantages of credit Rating - credit Rating
Agencies & their Methodology - Emerging avenues of Rating services – International credit Rating
practices – Concept – Types – Advantages and Disadvantages – Process –Agencies- Consumer
Finance.

UNIT V Factoring and Forfeiting

Process and features of factoring, types of factoring contracts, advantages and disadvantages
of factoring, differences between factoring and bill discounting, process of factoring as it exists
in India and Forfeiting, process of forfeiting..

Suggested Reading:
1. Khan, M.Y. (2013). Financial Services (7th edition). New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Ramesh Babu, G. (2009). Indian Financial System.New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House.
3. Shanmugam, R. (2010). Financial Services. New Delhi: Wiley India Pvt Ltd.
4. Gurusamy, S. (2009). Merchant Banking and Financial Services (3rd edition). New Delhi: Tata Mc
Graw Hill Education Pvt Ltd.
5. Gordon, E. Natarajan. (2013). Financial Markets & Services. New Delhi: Himalaya Publications.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105121/
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-JMLdhbUbzE

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 61

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPF303C PROJECT APPRAISAL AND FINANCE 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the fundamentals of projects, project appraisal, risk management and project management and apply
life long.
 To perform the feasibility study to decide on the project selection.
 To critically evaluate the projects using financial analysis and risk management tools.
 To communicate orally and in written form the understanding of projects, project appraisal, risk management and
project management
 To make them capable to analyze, apply and appreciate contemporary project management tools and methodologies

in Indian context.
 To make them understand the feasibility analysis in Project Management and network analysis tools for cost and
time estimation.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the fundamentals of projects, project appraisal, risk management and project management and apply
lifelong.
2. Perform the feasibility study to decide on the project selection.
3. Critically evaluate the projects using financial analysis and risk management tools.
4. Demonstrate capabilities of problem-solving, critical thinking, team work and communication skills
5. Apprehend different level of project appraisal to run the business

6. Understand the concept of Performance Audit and Project Leadership

UNIT I Planning and Analysis Overview

Capital budgeting concepts, objectives and Phases, levels of decision making, Resource Allocation
Framework: Key criteria for allocation of resource – elementary investment strategies. Generation and
screening of project ideas: Generation of ideas – monitoring the environment – regulatory framework
for projects – corporate appraisal – preliminary screening – project rating index (Theory).

UNIT IIMarket and demand Analysis :

Market and demand analysis, Technical analysis . Financial Analysis: Estimation of cost of project and
means of financing – estimates of sales and production – cost of production – working capital
requirement and its financing – estimates of working results – breakeven points – projected cash flow
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 62
 statement – projected balance sheet. Project cash flows: Appraisal criteria: Net Present Value – benefit
cost ratio – internal rate of returns urgency – payback period – accounting rate of returns – investment
appraisal in practice. (Theory & Problems).

Multiple projects and constraints:

Constraints – methods of ranking – mathematical programming approach – linear programming model.
Qualitative factors in capital budgeting. Judgmental, Behavioral, Strategic and Organizational
Considerations. Environmental appraisal of projects: types and dimensions of a project, environmental
impact assessment and environmental impact statement (Theory & Problems).

UNIT III Types and measure of risk

Types and measure of risk – simple estimation of risk – sensitivity analysis – scenario analysis – Monte
Carlo simulation – Decision tree analysis – selection of projects under risk – risk analysis in practice.
Choice between mutually exclusive projects of unequal life – optimal timing decision – determination
of economic life – interrelationships between investment and financing aspects – inflation and capital
budgeting, International Capital Budgeting. (Theory & Problems).

UNIT IV Social Cost Benefit Analysis (SCBA):

Rationale for SCBA – UNIDO approach to SCBA – Little and Mirle approach to SCBA. Multiple
projects and constraints: Constraints – methods of ranking – mathematical programming approach –
linear programming model – Qualitative Analysis: Qualitative factors in capital budgeting – strategic
aspects – strategic planning and financial analysis – informational asymmetry and capital budgeting –
organizational considerations. (Theory & Problems).

UNIT V Project Management

Forms of project organization – project planning – project control – human aspects of project
management – prerequisites for successful project implementation. Project review and administrative
aspects: Control of in-progress projects, The Post-audit, Abandonment Analysis, administrative aspects
of capital budgeting, agency Problem, evaluating the capital budgeting system of an organization.
(Theory ).

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 63

 SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Prasanna Chandra. (2019).Project Planning, Analysis, Selection, implementation and Review.
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi:
2. AmbrishGupta (2017), Project Appraisal and Financing , PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.
3. H.P.S.Pahwa (2014), Project Reports & Appraisals, 7th edition, Bharat Law House, New Delhi
4. SitangshuKhatua (2011), Project Reports and Appraisals, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
2. Pradip K. Lath , Sat P. Parashar (2018), Project Appraisal and Financing, 1st edition, Himalaya
Publishing House, New Delhi.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104073/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107081/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 64

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPF303D CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING,
MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the Concept mergers, Demergers, LBO, MBO, JV its valuation and accounting.
 To compute, analyse and evaluate the corporate restructuring decisions and its impact on company..
 To communicate orally and in written form the understanding of mergers, Demergers, LBO, MBO,
JV its valuation and accounting.
 To understand international mergers and acquisitions activity and role of mergers and acquisitions
in international trade growth
 To analysetheimpact of government policies and political and economic stability on international
mergers and acquisitions decisions
 To understand cultural profiling and assessment of cultural compatibility

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the Concept mergers, Demergers, LBO, MBO, JV its valuation and accounting.
2. Compute, analyse and evaluate the corporate restructuring decisions and its impact on company..
3. Communicate orally and in written form the understanding of mergers, Demergers, LBO, MBO, JV
4. Understand the concessions under Income Tax Act for mergers and unwillingness to pay and inability to pay
5. Gain knowledge in Valuation and accounting
6. Understand Legal and Regulatory Framework of mergers and acquisitions and Post Merger
Integration

UNIT I Introduction to Corporate Restructuring

Meaning of Corporate Restructuring, various forms of Corporate Restructuring, Objectives of mergers,
types of mergers, Horizontal, Vertical, Conglomerate. The Merger and Acquisition Process, Theories of
Merger, Success and failure of Merger & Acquisition. De-merger, spin offs, split ups, split offs, Reverse
Merger. Difference between Demerger and Reverse Merger. Takeover Tactics and Takeover Defenses

UNIT II Negotiation, Deal Structuring and Methods of Payment in Mergers and Acquisitions
Introduction, structuring of transactions, regulatory approval, deal making in India, methods of payment
in M&A, distinction between stock and cash transactions, types of exchange of shares.

UNIT III Legal Acts and policies

Amalgamation as per AS-14 and IFRS. Merger Aspects under Competition Law, Competition Bill 2002.
SEBI regulations on Takeovers in India (Takeover Code), Role of Merchant Bankers in Mergers &
Acquisition

UNIT IV Valuation and accounting

Concept of Value of a Company, Firm Valuation Models on Merger & Acquisition: (a) DCF Model, (b)
Comparable Company, (c) Book Value, (d) Adjusted Book Value (e) Enterprise Value, (f) Three Stage

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 65

 growth model, Swap Ratio, Valuation Practices in India, LBO, MBO.

Accounting for Amalgamation –Meaning of amalgamation, types of amalgamation, methods of

accounting for amalgamation, meaning of consideration, treatment of goodwill, reserves and
other profits

UNIT V Taxation Aspects in M&A

Tax Implications: Tax Concession to amalgamated company, tax concession to amalgamating company
in case of Merger & Acquisition. Tax aspects related to demergers.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Rabi Narayan Kar/Minakshi (2017), Mergers Acquisitions & Corporate Restructuring - Strategies &
Practices, 3rd edition, Taxmann, New Delhi.
2. Prasad G. Godbole(2013), Mergers Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring, 2nd edition, Vikas
Publishing House, New Delhi.
3. ChandrashekarKrishnamurti (Editor), Vishwanath S R(2018), Mergers Acquisitions and Corporate
Restructuring – Texts and Cases, 2nd edition, SAGE Publications Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
4. Patrick A. Gaughan(2019), Mergers Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring, 7th edition, Wiley New
Delhi.
5. SheebaKapil, Kanwal N. Kapil (2018), Mergers and Acquisitions: Strategy, Valuation, Leveraged
Buyouts and Financing, 2nd edition, Wiley, New Delhi.

E-Resources
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NtXV3YGr988
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J3VrV-UdVZw
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JaIqStF8bTw

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 66

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPF303E RISK MANAGEMENT IN BANKS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the Risk management standards and organization formulating guidelines.
 To formulate the credit risk mitigation strategies.
 To evaluate the operational risk and design strategies to minimize operational risk.
 To Calculate the market risk and plan measures to mitigate the same
 To comprehend the risk measurements and control measures in the financial institutions.
 To understanf the various norms associated with Risk management.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the Risk management standards and organization formulating guidelines.
2. Formulate the credit risk mitigation strategies.
3. Evaluate the operational risk and design strategies to minimize operational risk.
4. Calculate the market risk and plan measures to mitigate the same
5. Comprehend the risk measurements and control measures in the financial institutions.
6. Understand the norms and its impact in Risk Management

UNIT I Risk Management

Risk definition - BIS – Basel Committee – Basel I, II and III norms; Risk Process- Risk Organization -
Key risks-Credit risk, market risk, operational risk, liquidity risk, legal risk, interest rate risk and
currency risk – Concept of ALM for Banks.

UNIT II Credit Risk

Definition - - Framework for risk management - RBI guidelines for risk management - Risk rating and
risk pricing - Methods for estimating capital requirements Credit risk - standardized approach and
advanced approach - Credit rating /scoring - Credit Bureaus - Stress test and sensitivity analysis - Internal
Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) - Structured products.

UNIT III Operational Risk

Definition - RBI guidelines for Operational risk - Types of operational risk - Causes for operational risk
- Sound Principles of Operational Risk Management (SPOR) - Identification, measurement, control /
mitigation of operational risks; Organizational set up and Policy requirements; Strategic approach and

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 67

 key responsibilities of ORM; Capital allocation for operational risk, methodology and qualifying criteria
for banks for the adoption of the methods; Computation of capital charge for operational risk.

UNIT IV :Market Risk

Definition - Liquidity risk - Interest rate risk - foreign exchange risk - ALM organization - ALCO -
Simulation, Gap, Duration analysis, Linear and other statistical methods of control; Price risk (Equity) -
Commodity risk - Treatment of market risk under Basel- Standardized duration method- Internal
measurement approach – VaR.

UNIT V :Risk Measurement, Control and Risk management

Risk Calculation - Risk exposure analysis - Risk management / mitigation policy - Risk immunization
policy / strategy for fixing exposure limits - Risk management policy and procedure - Risk adjusted
return on capital - Prudential norms – Income Recognition and Asset Classification (IRAC) norms
Capital adequacy norms - Hedging – Forwards – Futures – Options Arbitrage opportunities Regulatory
prescriptions of risk management –Exposure Norms - Systems Audit - Risk Organization and Policy.

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Joel Bessis (2019), Risk Management in Banking, 4thedition, Wiley, New Delhi.
2. Leonard Onyiriuba (2016), Bank Risk Management in Developing Economies, 1st Edition,
Academic Press
3. K Vaidyanathan (2013), Credit Risk Management for Indian Banks, SAGE, New Delhi.
4. Richard Apostolik, Christopher Donohue, Peter Went (Editors) (2012), Foundations of
Banking Risk: An Overview of Banking, Banking Risks, and RiskBased Banking Regulation
by GARP (Global Association of Risk Professionals), ISBN:9780470442197.
5. James W. Gup, Benton E. &Kolari (2011), Commercial Banking: The Management Of Risk
3rdEdition, Wiley, New Delhi.

E-Resources :
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105143/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107128/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 68

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPM303A SERVICES MARKETING 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the Services, marketing of services, marketing mix, pricing and segmentation for services
marketing.
 To comprehend on the consumer behaviour of services sector and emerging issues in services sector.
 To evaluate the Gap in services sector using tools and techniques.
 To understand the concept of marketing strategy for service products requires a different sort of approach, which is different
from the traditional goods marketing.
 To understand the uniqueness of the services characteristics and its marketing implications.
 To provide an in-depth appreciation and understanding of the unique challenges inherent in managing and delivering quality
services.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the Services, marketing of services, marketing mix, pricing and segmentation for services marketing.
2. Comprehend on the consumer behaviour of services sector and emerging issues in services sector.
3. Evaluate the Gap in services sector using tools and techniques.
4. Demonstrate capabilities of analysing problems, team work and communication skills
5. Understand the role of marketing strategic business in service sector
6. Gain knowledge on operations and financial aspects in market and retail planning

UNIT I Nature, Scope of Services and Services Marketing

Nature, Scope of Services :Introduction, meaning of services, unique characteristics, difference between
services and tangible products, service sector, classification of services, Barriers and issues in Services Marketing
in the Indian context, growth of service sectors and service industries.
Services Marketing: Introduction, concept and evolution of services marketing, meaning of service marketing,
Categories of Service Providers, myths encountered in services, need for service marketing, and growth in
Services Marketing.

UNIT IIServices Marketing Mix, Gaps Model, Service Design and Service Delivery
Services Marketing Mix, Introduction, 7Ps of service marketing, service gaps framework, perceived service
quality, models of service marketing, Gaps Model of service quality.
Service Design and Service Delivery: Introduction, Service delivery process, service encounters and Moments
of Truth, employee role in service delivery, service employee- criteria, importance and emotional approach,
role of service provider, intermediaries involved in Service Process and Service Delivery

Unit IIISTP Strategy for Services and Consumer Behavior in Services Marketing
STP Strategy for Services :Introduction, Need for segmentation of services, bases of segmentation services,

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 69

 segmentation strategies in service marketing, need for targeting and positioning of services, positioning
strategies for services, positioning Through Product/Service Delivery Strategies, Positioning Through Pricing
Strategies, Positioning Through Distribution Strategies, positioning through Sales Promotion and Advertising,
Service Differentiation Strategies.

Consumer Behavior in Services Marketing Introduction, Customer Expectations in Services, Service Costs
Experienced by Consumer, the Role of customer in Service Delivery, Conflict Handling in Services, Customer
Responses in Services, Concept of Customer Delight

Unit IVService Development and Quality Improvement and Customer Defined Service Standards
Service Development and Quality Improvement: Introduction, Types of New Service Development and its
Stages, Types of new services, Stages in new service development, Service Costs Incurred by the Service
Provider, Service Blue Printing, Service Development – Need, Importance and as a Measure of Competitive
Advantage, Service Quality Dimensions, Service Quality Measurement and Service Mapping, Improving
Service Quality and Service Delivery, Service Failure and Recovery. Customer Defined Service Standards.

UNIT V Integrated Services Marketing, Marketing of Services and Emerging Issues in Service
Marketing
Integrated Services Marketing: Introduction, meaning and Importance, Features of Integrated Service
Marketing, Integrated Marketing Communication for Service, Reasons for growing importance of integrated
marketing communication, Advantages of integrated marketing communication, Integrated Service Marketing
Mix, Developing an effective and efficient service marketing system, Integration of service quality measures
and managing quality
Marketing of Services: Introduction, Overview of Different Service Sectors, Marketing of Banking Services,
Marketing in Insurance Sector, Marketing of Education Services, Marketing of Tourism and Airlines, Tourism
marketing, Airlines marketing, marketing of Hospitality Services, Healthcare Marketing, Social Service by
NGOs, Marketing of Online Services, Marketing of Professional Services. Emerging Issues in Service
Marketing, Ethical Aspects in Service Marketing

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Christopher Lovelock et.al (2017) Services Marketing-People, Technology, Strategy, 8thedition.
Pearson Education, New Delhi.
2. Zeihthaml (2017), Services Marketing: Integrating Customer Focus Across the Firm, 6th edition, MC
Graw Hill, New Delhi.
3. Vinnie Jauhari&Kirti Dutta (2017), Services Marketing: Text and Cases, 2ndedition,Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
4. Srinivasan, R. (2012).Services Marketing – The Indian Context, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
5. Rama Mohana Rao (2011), Services Marketing, 2nd edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
6. RajendraNargundkar (2010), Services Marketing, 3rd edition, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
7. Steve Baron, (2010).Service Marketing, Sage Publications, New Delhi
E-resources:
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105038/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105078/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107142/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 70

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPM303B INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the concept of integrated marketing communication, understanding communication process and
digital marketing and apply lifelong.
 To develop advertisement by selecting appropriate media.
 To understand the ethical standards related to advertising.
 To know the role of advertising agencies and other marketing organizations providing marketing services and perspective
on consumer behaviour
 To understand Theoretical approach to budgeting viz. Marginal analysis and Sales response curve
 To measure the effectiveness of all Promotional tools and IMC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of integrated marketing communication, understanding communication process and digital
marketing and apply lifelong.
2. Develop advertisement by selecting appropriate media.
3. Understand the ethical standards related to advertising.
4. Demonstrate capabilities of analysing problems, team work and communication skills
5. Gain knowledge in Planning and development of creative marcom
6. Understand strategies for Digital Media & Advertising.

UNIT IIntegrated Marketing Communication (IMC)

Meaning and role of IMC in Marketing process, steps involved in developing IMC programme,
Effectiveness of marketing communications - Purpose, Role, FunctionsandTypes of marketing
communication, one voice communication V/s IMC. Introduction to IMC tools – Advertising, sales
promotion, publicity, public relations, and event sponsorship; The role of advertising agencies and other
marketing organizations providing marketing services.

UNIT II Understanding Communication Process

Communication: Source, Message and channel factors, Communication response hierarchy- AIDA
model, Hierarchy of effect model, Innovation adoption model, information processing model, The
standard learning Hierarchy, Attribution Hierarchy, and low involvement hierarchy Consumer
involvement- The Elaboration Likelihood (ELM) model, The Foote, Cone and Belding (FCB) Model.

UNIT IIIPlanning for Marketing Communication

Establishing marcom Objectives and Budgeting for Promotional Programmes-Setting communication
objectives, Sales as marcom objective, DAGMAR approach for setting ad objectives. Budgeting for
marcom-Factors influencing budget, Theoretical approach to budgeting viz. Marginal analysis and Sales
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 71
 response curve, Method to determine marcom budget.

UNIT IVDeveloping the Integrated Marketing Communication Programme

Planning and development of creative marcom: Creative strategies in advertising, sales promotion,
publicity, event sponsorships. Creative strategy in implementation and evaluation of marcom- Types of
appeals and execution styles. Media planning and selection decisions- steps involved and information
needed for media planning and formulation of Mediastrategy. Measuring the effectiveness of all
Promotional tools and Integrated marketing communications.

UNIT VDigital Media and Advertising

Digital Media, Evolution of Technology, Convergence of Digital Media, E- Commerce and Digital
Media, Advertising on Digital Media, Social Media, Mobile Advertising, E-PR. Advertising Laws and
Ethics: Advertising & Law, Advertising & Ethics, Pester Power, Intellectual Property Rights, ASCI
International Advertising: Global environment in advertising, Decision areas in international
advertising.

Suggested Readings:
1. Jerome M. Juska (2017), Integrated Marketing Communication: Advertising and Promotion in a Digital
World, 1st edition, Routledge
2. Belch (2017), Advertising and Promotion: An Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective, 9th edition,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi
3. KrutiShah(2017), Advertising and Integrated Marketing Communications, 1st edition McGraw Hill
Education, New Delhi.
4. Thomas O'Guinn , Chris Allen, Richard J. Semenik , Angeline Close Scheinbaum (2015), Advertising and
Integrated Brand Promotion with CourseMate, 7th edition, Cengage Learning, New Delhi.
5. Lawrence Ang(2014), Principles of Integrated Marketing Communications, 1st edition, Cambridge University
Press, New Delhi.
6. Rajeev Batra, John, G. Myers and David A. Aaker. (2013). Advertising Management. Prentice Hall India
Publishers, New Delhi.

E-resources:
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/108/110108141/
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZK3c9GCjSx8

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 72

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPM303C RETAIL MANAGEMENT 4H –3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the Concept of Retailing, Retail market segmentation, Retail location, merchandising, Retail operations and
Retail Pricing.
 To communicate orally and in written form the understanding of Retailing, Retail market segmentation, Retail location,
merchandising, Retail operations and Retail Pricing.
 To apply the understanding of Retailing, Retail market segmentation, Retail location, merchandising, Retail operations and
Retail Pricing in lifelong practice.
 To have knowledge on store layout plan and inventory management in retailing
 To have an exposure in retailing concept and consumer behavior in retail.
 To understand the retail Store Location - Choosing a Store Location

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the Concept of Retailing, Retail market segmentation, Retail location, merchandising, Retail operations and Retail
Pricing.
2. Communicate orally and in written form the understanding of Retailing, Retail market segmentation, Retail location,
merchandising, Retail operations and Retail Pricing.
3. Apply the understanding of Retailing, Retail market segmentation, Retail location, merchandising, Retail operations and Retail
Pricing in lifelong practice.
4. Demonstrate capabilities of analysing problems, team work and communication skills.
5. Explain the concept of strategic planning within the retail management decision process
6. To know the various Retail Inventory Planning , Return on Inventory Investments and Stock Turnover

UNIT I Retail Management

Introduction to Retailing: Concept of retailing, Functions of retailing, Terms and Definition, Retail
formats- organized and unorganized formats – Emerging trends in retail formats – Role of MNCs in
retail formats. Retailing Channels, Retail Industry in India: Growth, trends, challenges and opportunities.
Importance of retailing, changing trends in retailing. Impact of Government policies on Retailing -
Foreign Direct Investment in retailing

UNIT II Retail Market Segmentation and Retail Consumer

Retail Market Segmentation and Strategies: Market Segmentation and its benefits, Kinds of markets,
Definition of Retail strategy, Strategy for effective market segmentation, Strategies for penetration of
new markets, Growth strategies, Retail value chain.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 73

 Understanding the Retail Consumer: Retail consumer behavior, Factors influencing the Retail consumer,
Customer decision making process, Types of decision making, Market research for understanding retail
consumer.

UNIT III Retail Location and Retail Space management

Retail Location Selection: Importance of Retail locations, Types of retail locations, Factors determining
the location decision, Steps involved in choosing a retail location, Measurement of success of locatio n
Retail Space Management and Marketing: Definition of Space Management, Store layout and Design,
Site analysis, Visual Merchandising, Promotions Strategy, Relationship Marketing Strategies, CRM,
Retail Marketing Mix, Retail Communication Mix, Creative display, POP Displays.

UNIT IV Merchandise Management:

Meaning of Merchandising, Factors influencing Merchandising, Functions of Merchandising Manager,
Merchandise planning, Merchandise buying, Analysing Merchandise performance

UNIT VRetailOperations, Retail Pricing and Emerging trends in retailing

Retail Operations and Retail Pricing: Store administration, Premises management, Inventory
Management, Store Management, Receipt Management, Customer service, Retail Pricing, Factors
influencing retail prices Pricing strategies, Controlling costs
Retail Management Information systems: Retail technology and E-tailing, Emerging trends- Challenges
faced in online retailing.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Gibson (2017), Retail Management, 5th edition, Pearson education, New Delhi.
2. Berman,B., and Evans, J.R. et.al (2017). Retail management: A Strategic Approach, 13th edition,
Pearson education, New Delhi
3. SwapnaPradan, (2017), Retailing Management: Text and Cases, 5th edition, Mc Graw Hill, New
Delhi
4. Michael Levy, Barton Weitz, Ajay Pandit (2017), Retailing Management, 8th edition, McGraw Hill,
New Delhi
5. U. C. Mathur (2011), Retail Management: Text and Cases, I K International Publishing House Pvt.
Ltd, New Delhi.
6. Bajaj Chetan, RajnishTuli and Nidhi Varma Srivastava, (2012). Retail Management, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.

E-resources:
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5iRDd-f1nmg&list=PLWPirh4EWFpEv7x2CU-
9jcXlIvBuSx7oF

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 74

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPM303D CONSUMER BEHAVIOR 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the consumer behaviour concepts, dimensions used in consumer behaviour research.
 To recognize the Internal Influencing factors that affect the Consumer Behaviour
 To identify the external Influencing factors that affect the Consumer Behaviour
 To conceptualize on the consumer decision making process.
 To know the application consumer behaviour concepts to access the changing behavior of the customers.
 To provide an insight into the marketing research area emphasizing the consumer’s needs and solutions to it in a
scientific approach.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the importance of Culture, Subculture, Social Class, Reference Groups and Family Influences in
Consumer Behaviour.
2. Explore, analyse and compare the core theories of consumer behaviour and its application in both consumer and
organizational markets
3. AppraisemodelsofConsumerBehaviouranddeterminetheirrelevancetoparticularmarketing situations
4. Critique the theoretical perspectives associated with consumer decision making, including recognising cognitive
biases and heuristics
5. Demonstrate capabilities of teamwork, critical thinking, and communication skills related to investment decisions.
6. Gain knowledge in Problem Recognition and Information Search

UNIT I Consumer Behaviour and Consumer Research

Introduction to Consumer Behaviour, Dimensions of Consumer Behaviour, Consumer Research, Consumer
Behaviour and Marketing Strategy

UNIT II Motivation and Consumer Learning

Motivation and Involvement :Consumer Motivation: Introduction, Needs and Goals, motivational Conflict,
Defense Mechanisms, Motive Arousal, Motivational Theories, Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, Motivation
Research. Consumer Perception : Introduction, Sensation (Exposure to Stimuli), Perceptual Selection,
Perceptual Organisation, Factors that Distort Individual Perception, Price Perceptions, Perceived Product
and Service Quality, Consumer Risk Perceptions

UNIT III Consumer Personality, Consumer Attitudes, Consumer Behaviour and Marketing
Communications
Personality, Self-Image, and Life Style: Consumer Personality: Introduction, Self-concept, personality
Theories, Brand Personality, emotions
Consumer Attitude Formation and Change : Introduction, Functions of Attitude, Attitude Models, Factors
that Inhibit Relationship between Beliefs, Feelings and Behaviour, Learning Attitudes, Changing Attitudes,
Attitude Change Strategies
Communication and Consumer Behaviour: Consumer Behaviour and Marketing Communications:
Introduction, Marketing Communication Flow, Communications Process, Interpersonal Communication,
Persuasive Communications, source, message, message appeals, communication feedback.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 75

 UNIT IV External Influences on Consumer Behaviour
Cultural Influences on Consumer Behaviour: Introduction, Characteristics of Culture, Values, Sub-cultures,
Cross-cultural Influences, Cultural Differences in Non-verbal Communications
Subcultures and Consumer Behaviour : Social Class and Group Influences on Consumer Behaviour:
Introduction, nature of Social Class, Social Class Categories, Money and Other Status Symbols, Source of
Group Influences, Types of Reference Groups, Nature of Reference Groups, reference Group Influences,
Applications of Reference Group Influences, Conformity to Group Norms and Behaviour, Family Life
Cycle Stages, nature of Family Purchases and Decision- making, Husband-wife Influences, Parent-child
Influences, Consumer Socialization of Children, word-of-Mouth Communications within Groups, opinion
Leadership - Diffusion of Innovation

UNIT V Consumer Decision Making

Situational Influence on Consumer’s Decision and the Decision Models: Introduction, Nature of Situational
Influence, Situational Variables, Types of Consumer Decisions, Nicosia Model of Consumer Decision-
making(Conflict Model),Howard-Sheth Model (also called Machine Model), Engel, Blackwell, Miniard
Model (also called Open System)
Consumer Decision making Process– Problem Recognition, Information Search and Evaluation of
Alternatives: Introduction, Problem Recognition, Information Search, Evaluation of Alternatives, Outlet
Selection, Purchase and Post Purchase Behaviour, Introduction, Outlet Selection and Purchase, Post
Purchase Behaviour - Organizational Buying Behaviour.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Schiffman L G, Kanuk LL, Ramesh Kumar S, (2015), Consumer Behaviour,11thedition, Pearson
Education, NewDelhi.
2. Hawkins, Motherbaugh,Mookerjee(2017),ConsumerBehaviour – BuildingMarketing Strategy,
12thedition, McGraw Hill education, NewDelhi.
3. David Loudon, Albert Della Bitta (2017), Consumer Behavior: Concepts and Applications.
4thedition McGraw Hill Education,NewDelhi.
4. Michael R. Solomon, (2015), Consumer Behaviour-Buying Having and Being, 11thedition, Pearson
Education, NewDelhi
5. RogerD.Blackwell,PaulW.Miniard,JamesF.Engel(2017),ConsumerBehavior,10thedition, Cengage
India Private Limited; New Delhi

E-resources:
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105074/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105054/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105029/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 76

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPM303E MARKETING RESEARCH 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students

 To provide basic knowledge on Marketing Research in strategic decision making.

 To provide an exposure to the students pertaining to the marketing research process, which they are expected to
possess when they enter the industry as practitioners.
 To give them an understanding of the basic philosophies and tools of marketing research
 To learn widely used data analysis in marketing research and its related concepts
 To learn the various principles and practices of Report Writing in marketing research.
 To learn the fundamentals of marketing research to applied in business decision making.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to

1. Get the knowledge of basic understanding in solving marketing related problems.

2. Get awareness of marketing research process, and the ethical issues in marketing research.
3. Understanding of quality philosophies and practices and how to apply them in an organization
4. Emphasising the applications of marketing research methods in the business scenario
5. Comprehend the applicability of consumer, product, packaging and communication
researchinBusiness world.
6. Demonstrate capabilities of problem-solving, critical thinking, and communication skills to infer the output.

Unit I

Marketing Research – scope and importance; Marketing research management; Role of Marketing Research
in strategic decision making; Marketing research and market research; Cost value analysis of marketing
research; limitations of marketing research; Ethical issues in marketing research – issues connected with the
client, researcher and the informants. Marketing information system- need, importance and functions;
Components of Marketing Information systems; Marketing information systems Vs Marketing research.

Unit II

Marketing research process; major steps in marketing research process; Types of research exploratory research
and conclusive research; Descriptive research vs experimental research; Qualitative research vs quantitative
research; Data sources – internal and external sources; Methods of research – survey, observation, Focus
Group Discussion; Depth Interviews; Content Analysis; Projective Techniques; Research design - meaning
and importance of research design; types of research designs; Uses of research designs; Sampling technique;

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 77

theories of sampling; types of sampling; sampling distribution; determination of sample size.

Unit III

Measurement and Scaling techniques – nominal scale; ordinal scale; interval scale and ratio scale; variables
and attributes; Attitude scaling – Likert scale; Semantic-differential scale; Stapel scale; Questionnaire design
– factors to be considered in questionnaire design;

Unit IV

Data analysis and interpretation – tools of data analysis; hypothesis setting and testing; parametric and non-
parametric tests; Z test, t-test; Chi Square test; AVOVA- Univariate and multivariate; Analysis of
experimental designs; Use of MS Excel and SPSS package for data analysis – Cluster analysis; Conjoint
analysis, Factor analysis; Multi-dimensional analysis, Discriminant analysis. Report writing.

Unit V

Market research; product research; packaging research; consumer research; motivation research;
Communication research; sales research; advertising research; testing of media effectiveness; pre-test and post
test; copy research.

SUGGESTED READINGS

1. Parasuraman A, Druv Grewal and R.Krishnan: Marketing Research, Biztandra, New Delhi 2004. 2.
Nargundkar, Rajendra: Marketing Research- Text and Cases, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2004. 3. Green,
Paul E. , Donald S.Tull and Gerald Albaum: Research for Marketing Decisions, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi 1998.

4. Hair, Joseph: Marketing Research, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2005.

5. Malhotra, Naresh: Marketing Research, Prentice Hall of India, new Delhi 2002.

6. Luck, David and Donald Rubin: Marketing Research, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 78

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPH303A HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the HR Management and system at various levels in general and in certain specific industries or organizations.
 To make aware of the concepts, techniques and practices of human resource development
 To analyse the issues and strategies required to select and develop manpower resources
 To develop relevant skills necessary for application in HR related issues
 To integrate the understanding of various HR concepts along with the domain concept in order to take correct business
decisions.
 To make the students become aware of the recent trends in HR field.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Develop the understanding of the concept of human resource management and to understand its relevance in organizations.
2. Develop necessary skill set for application of various HR issues.
3. Analyse the strategic issues and strategies required to select and develop manpower resources.
4. Integrate the knowledge of HR concepts to take correct business decisions.
5. Recognize the dynamic relationship between strategy, people, technology, and the processes that drive organizations.
6. Gain knowledge in Emerging TrendsandPerspectives in HRDCrossCulturalDimensions
Unit I
Introduction to HRD – Meaning– Scope – Importance – Need for HRD – HRD and HRM – Role of HRD professionals –
Key Performance Areas–HRD mechanism-Designing effective HRDprograms - Framework of HRD process – HRD for
servicesector.
Unit II
Individual Behavior: Personality – Perception – Role – Fatigue - Goal Conflict – Frustration – Interpersonal relationship
– Group Behavior – Group Dynamics – Group Cohesiveness – Elements for understanding group behavior - Teams –
Characteristics.
UnitIII
Potential Appraisal–Criteria–CareerPlanning-CareerDevelopment- Succession Planning- Altruism – Determinants-
Organization Co-operation – factors – Competition -Benefits-Conflicts - Types/Levels– Consequences – Prevention -
Management ofconflict.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 79

Unit IV
Qualityofworklife(QWL)–Scope-WaystoincreaseQWL–QualityCircle–Process-OrganizationEffectiveness–Concept–
Kaizen–Benchmarking-Just-inTime–Downsizing–Outsourcing-OrganizationalChange-ChangeProcess-
ResistancetoChange-RequisitesforSuccessfulChange.
Unit V
HRDCrossCulturalDimensions-HRDClimate–HRD-ODInterface–HRD-ODApproachtoIndustrialRelations––
HRDExperiencesinIndia–Emerging TrendsandPerspectives-HRDScenario inIndian Organization - Problems and
prospects- Challenges andIssues in HRD.

SuggestedReadings:
1. Tripathi,P.C.(2014).HumanResourceDevelopment.(5thEdition).NewDelhi:Sultan
and Sons.
2. Krishnaveni, R. (2009).HumanResource Development.ExcelBooks.
3. LalithaBalakrishna.(2010). HumanResource Development. NewDelhi:HimalayaPublishingHouse.

4. UdaiPareek.(2007).HumanResourceDevelopment.(3rdEdition).London:OxfordandIndianBook House.
5. Kandula,S.R.(2008).StrategicHumanResourceDevelopment.NewDelhi:PrenticeHallofIndia.
6. John, P.Wilson.(2005).HumanResourceDevelopment. (2ndEdition). KoganPage
Publishers.
7. Rao, V.S.P. HumanResourceManagement. NewDelhi:HimalayaPublishingHouse.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 80

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPH303B COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT 4H-3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the fundamentals of Wages, Salary, incentives, Compensation and pay scale systems and apply
lifelong.
 To comprehend on the ethical laws related to compensation management.
 To critically evaluate, select the suitable methods and design the Pay structure.
 To familiar with Wages, Salary, incentives, Compensation and pay scale systems
 To understand the Concept of Equity and Compensation-Components of Compensation-
 To understand the compensation designing ,incentives and retirement plans with wage concepts.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the fundamentals of Wages, Salary, incentives, Compensation and pay scale systems and apply lifelong.
2. To comprehend on the ethical laws related to compensation management.
3. Critically evaluate, select the suitable methods and design the Pay structure.
4. Demonstrate capabilities of problem-solving, critical thinking, team work and communication skills
5. Understand the Compensation plans provided by Public sectors & Private Sector.
6. Get knowledge of Incentives and Retirement plans

UNIT ICompensation
Overview of Compensation Management, Wage and Salary Administration – Nature, Importance,
Philosophy, Objectives, Definition, Goals Role of various parties – Employees, Employers, Unions and
Government and Legislations for compensation, Macroeconomics of Labor market, Wage Boards
andPayCommissions
Economictheoriesofwages,BoothalingamandSacharCommittee–ManagerialRemunerationintheFuture.

UNIT IICompensation Designing

JobEvaluation,BasicsystemsTimewage,Piecewage,WagepaymentsandTotalSalaryStructure,
CompensationSurveys,HayPlan,DevelopingCompetitiveCompensationPrograms,Developing
SalaryStructures,PlanningaJobAnalysisProgram,MeasuringCost-to–Company(CTC).

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 81

 UNIT IIIPerformance Pay
PayforPerformance,MeritpayandPerformanceAppraisal,Performancebasedrewards,Performance
CriteriaChoices,CompetencyMapping and DevelopingPerformanceMatrix,Performancebased
CompensationSchemes.ConvertingRemunerationSurveyresultsintoaSalaryProposal. Fundamentals–
ManagerialRemuneration:SituationinIndia.

UNIT IV Incentive Plans

Incentive Plans: individual and group incentive plans, Productivity Gain sharing plans, Profit Sharing
Plans, Non - Financial and Financial incentives, Introduction to ESOPs, Flexible benefits and Benefit
Surveys

UNIT VRecent Trends

Taxation of Benefits , Current Trends in Compensation Management, Quantitative Tools and Innovation
in Compensation Management. Equity Compensation Plans – objective of equity compensation, types
of StockPlans, valuing stock grants, SEBI Guidelines, taxabilityof stock options, FlexiPaymentSystem-
varioustypesofAllowances

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Dipak Kumar Bhattacharyya (2014), Compensation Management, 2nd edition, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi.
2. George Milkovich, Jerry Newman, C S Venkataratnam (2017), Compensation, 9th edition, McGraw
Hill Education, New Delhi.
3. J. Martocchio Joseph (2018), Strategic Compensation: A Human Resource Management Approach,
9th edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
4. B. D. Singh (2017), Compensation and Reward Management, 3rd edition, Excel Books, New Delhi.
5. Dr. Kanchan Bhatia (2015), Compensation Management, ; 1st Edition, Himalaya Publishing House,
New Delhi.
6. DewakarGoel, Performance Appraisal and CompensationManagement, PHI Learning, New Delhi.
7. Michael Armstrong & Helen Murlis, Hand Book of Reward Management, Crust Publishing House.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 82

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPH303C ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT 4H –3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand and Critically examine the philosophies, values, assumptions associated with organizational
paradigms from a change management perspective and to be able to apply organizational development as a meta
theory
 To explore the practice of change management and its limits with strategic management and to understand the
management of change process and examine individual group and organizational reactions to change
 To probe the development role of HR practitioner as facilitators and managers of change and to develop key
competencies suitable for application in OD interventions.
 To make the students be aware of the need and ways of changes in organization as a whole.
 To create a critical appreciation and knowledge of understanding the determinants of organizational development.
 To provide an in-depth under-standing of the role of organizational interventions.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand and analyze different approaches to managing organizational change and understand and utilize the
competencies required for effective change management at organization, group and individual levels.
2. Devise effective intervention strategies and function as an internal HR consultant to an organization in transition,
3. Critically evaluate, in an organizational development framework, the theoretical and practical links between
development models
4. Demonstrate capabilities of teamwork, critical thinking, and communication skills related to organization change
and development concepts.
5. Understand creating support systems , managing transition and process oriented strategies
6. Design OD interventions

UNIT I Organisation Change

Change Process and Models: Concept and Significance; Managing Change; Theories of Planned
Change (Lewin’s change model, Action research model, the positive model), Action Research
as a Process, Resistance to Change

UNIT IIOrganizational Development

Introduction to Organizational Development, Process of Organizational Development, OD Change
Agents.
Initiating OD relationship, contracting and diagnosing the problem, Diagnosing models, open systems,
individual level group level and organizational level diagnosis; collection and analysis for diagnostic
information, feeding back the diagnosed information

UNIT III Designing OD interventions

Human process interventions:- coaching, training and development, process consultation, third part
intervention, and team building. Organization confrontation meeting, intergroup relations intervention,

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 83

 and large group intervention, Techno structural interventions:- Structural design, downsizing,
reengineering, employee involvement, work design, socio technical systems approach

UNIT IV Human Resources and Structural OD interventions

Human Resource Interventions:HRM Interventions, Goal Setting, Performance Appraisal,
Reward Systems, Career Planning and Development, Managing Workforce Diversity, Employee
Wellness
Structural Interventions: Socio-Technical Systems, Techno-Structural Interventions, Physical
Settings and OD, Types of Techno-Structural Interventions

UNIT V Strategic and Technology OD interventions

Strategic Interventions:Integrated Strategic Change, Trans -organisation Development, Merger
and Acquisition Integration, Culture Change, Self-Designing Organisations, Organisation
Learning and Knowledge Management, Confrontation Meetings, System Management, Learning
Organisations
Technology and OD: Technology and OD: Basic Concept, Impact of Technology in
Organisations, Benefits of Using Technology in OD, Guidelines for Integratin g Technology in
OD Interventions, Tools used in OD
Evaluating OD Interventions: Evaluation, Importance of Evaluating Interventions, Types of
Evaluation, Methods of Evaluating Interventions

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Thomas G. Cummings , Christopher G. Worley(2015), Organization Development and Change,
10thedition, Cengage Learning.
2. R Jones Gareth, Matthew Mary(2017), Organizational Theory, Design and Change, 7thedition,
Pearson Education.
3. French Wendell L, Bell Jr Cecil H , Vohra Veena(2017), Organization Development:Behavioral
Science Interventions for Organizational Improvement, 6thedition, Pearson Education.
4. Gervase Bushe, Robert Marshak(2015), Dialogic Organization Development: The Theory and
Practice of Transformational Change, 1st edition, Berrett-Koehler Publishers
5. W. Warner Burke (2011), Organization Change: Theory and Practice, 3rdedition, SAGE
Publications, New Delhi.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105120/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109/105/109105121/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 84

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPH303D PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT AND APPRAISAL 4H- 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the concept of performance management and theoretical framework applied to evaluate the
performance of individual or group.
 To comprehend on the performance management process, documentation, types, and ethics pertaining to
performance management.
 To understand, critically evaluate, select and apply the best performance appraisal system based on the scenario.
 To Demonstrate capabilities of teamwork, critical thinking, and communication skills related to Performance
Management and Appraisal.
 To analyse the Performance Appraisal of Bureaucrats
 To understand the Concepts related to Performance and Reward

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of performance management and theoretical framework applied to evaluate the
performance of individual or group.
2. Comprehend on the performance management process, documentation, types, and ethics pertaining to performance
management.
3. Understand, critically evaluate, select and apply the best performance appraisal system based on the scenario.
4. Demonstrate capabilities of teamwork, critical thinking, and communication skills related to Performance
Management and Appraisal.
5. Gain knowledge acquisition process and performance evaluation used
6. Understand Manager’s Responsibility in Performance Planning Mechanics and Documentation

UNIT I Introduction to Performance Management and Theoretical Framework of Performance

Management
Definition of Performance Evaluation, Evolution of Performance Management, Aims of Performance
Management, Purpose of Performance Management, Employee Engagement and Performance
Management, Principles of Performance Management, Overview of Performance Management as a
System, Linkage of Performance Management to Other HR Dimensions of Performance Management
Theoretical Framework of Performance Management: Goal Theory and its Application in
Performance Management, Control Theory and its Application in Performance Management, Social
Cognitive Theory and its Application in Performance Management, Organisational Justice Theory and
its Application in Performance Management

UNIT II Process of Performance Management

Performance Management Process, Performance Management Planning Process, Mid-cycle Review
Process, End-cycle Review Process, Performance Management Cycle at a Glance
Performance Management Planning and Development: Introduction, Performance Management

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 85

 Planning, the Planning Process, Performance Agreement, Drawing up the Plan, Evaluating the
Performance Planning Process
Mechanics of Performance Management Planning and Documentation: The Need for Structure and
Documentation, Manager’s Responsibility in Performance Planning Mechanics and Documentation,
Employee’s Responsibility in Performance Planning Mechanics and Documentation, Mechanics of
Performance Management Planning and Creation of PM Document

UNIT III Performance Appraisal (PA)

Definitions and Dimensions of PA, Purpose of PA and Arguments against PA, Necessity of Performance
Appraisal and its Usage by Organisations, Characteristics of Performance Appraisal, Performance
Appraisal Process,
Performance Appraisal Methods: Performance Appraisal Methods, Traditional Methods, Modern
Methods, and Performance Appraisal of Bureaucrats – A New Approach
360-Degree Appraisal: Introduction, the Impact of 360-Degree Feedback on Organisations, Concept of
360-Degree Feedback System, Purpose, Methodology, Ratings, Advantages and Disadvantages of the
Method, The Process of 360-Degree Feedback, Operating 360-Degree Appraisal
Performance Appraisal Feedback: Feedback – Role, Types and Principles, Situations Requiring
Feedback and Pitfalls, Components of a Feedback and Steps in giving a Constructive Feedback, Levels
of Performance Feedback

UNIT IV Team performance

Team Performance, Performance of Learning Organisations and Virtual Teams: Team Performance
Management, Performance Management and Learning Organisations, Performance Management and
Virtual Teams
Role of Line Managers, Performance Management and Reward: Role of Line Managers in
Performance Management, Performance Management and Reward, Concepts related to Performance
and Reward, Linking Performance to Pay – A Simple System Using Pay Band, Linking Performance
to Total Reward, Challenges of Linking Performance and Reward

UNIT V Issues and Ethics in Performance Appraisal

Biases in Performance Appraisal: The Leniency error – The Halo and Horn Effect – The Recency effect-
The Recency effect-The Error of Strictness- Reducing Performance errors
Ethical Issues and Dilemmas in Performance Management - Ethical Strategies in Performance Management
- Developing Code of Ethics in Performance Management - Future Implications of Ethics in Performance
Management.

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Bhattacharyya(2011), Performance Management Systems and Strategies, 1st edition, Pearson
Education.
2. T V Rao(2015), Performance Management: Toward Organizational Excellence, 2nd edition, Sage
Publications.
3. B. D. Singh(2010), Performance Management System: A Holistic Approach, 1st edition, Excel
Books.
4. Harvard Business Essentials (2010), Harvard Business Essentials: Performance Management -
Measure and Improve the Effectiveness of Your Employees, Harvard Business Review Press
5. Sharma D(2011), Performance Management and Appraisal System: Text and Cases, Kalpaz
Publications
6. Deb Tapamoy(2008), Performance Appraisal and Management: Concepts, Antecedents and
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 86
 Implications, Excel Books.

E-Resources:
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105137/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 87

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPH303E COMPETENCY MAPPING 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the process of competency mapping and profiling.
 To comprehend the integration of competency profiling to other HR applications and apply the learning lifelong.
 To differentiate the various types of competencies i.e. team competency, role competency.
 To Design of competency and Competency Gap Analysis
 To Identifythe role competencies and elemental competencies
 To know the importance of competency driven culture and Career Development Tools

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the process of competency mapping and profiling.
2. Comprehend the integration of competency profiling to other HR applications and apply the learning lifelong.
3. Differentiate the various types of competencies i.e. team competency, role competency.
4. Demonstrate capabilities of teamwork, critical thinking, and communication skills related to competency mapping.
5. Gain knowledge in Integration of competency Based HR Systems
6. Understand Ethics in Performance Appraisal

UNIT I Competency
Introduction: Concept and definition of Role and competency, Characteristics of competency, Core
Competency, Competency versus competence, Performance versus competency; skills versus
competency, behavior indicators, Types of competencies - generic/specific, threshold/performance, and
differentiating and technical, managerial and human;
Competency Method in Human Resource : Features of Competency Methods, Historical Development,
Definitions,. Competencies Applications - Competency Frameworks (competency management
framework or competency model),Competency Maps, and Competency Profiles.

UNIT II Using Competency Profiles in HR

Competency Frameworks - development of personal competency framework, Lancaster Model of
managerial competencies, competency modeling framework developing a competency model
Understanding job positions, Data collection instruments for job descriptions, Stages in design and
implementation of competency model, Validation of the competency model after data gathering
Using competency maps for Competency profiling - Job competency profiling, Role competency,
profiling Functional competency profiling, Core competency profiling Competency based selection,
competency based interviews.

UNIT III Design of competency and Competency Gap Analysis

Team Competencies (project driven), Role competencies (Role wise); Competency identification
Consolidation of checklist, Rank Order and finalization, Validation, and Benchmark; Competency
assessment - 360 degrees , Competency Mapping - Strategy-Structure Congruence, Structure Role
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 88
 Congruence, Vertical and horizontal Role linkages, Positioning to bring in competitive advantage

UNIT IV Mapping Jobs via Model

Identification of Role competencies, elemental competencies, assessment center, Design of assessment
center, Use of psychometric testing in assessment center, 360 degree feedback, potential appraisal
through assessment center, Creating Competency Dictionary.
other methods of competency assessment - Role plays, Case study, Structured Experiences, Simulations, Business
Games, Repertory grid, BEI, MBTI, FIRO-B; Difference between development center and assessment center.

UNIT V Competency mapping and Integration of competency Based HR Systems

Steps in development of competencies map : Studying job, processes, and environment, studying
attributes of good performer; Strategy structure congruence, Structure Role congruence - Each role to
be unique, Non-Repetitive, and Value adding; Vertical and horizontal role congruence, Ensure non
repetitive tasks in two different roles, Ensure core competencies for each task, Link all the above and
position to bring in competitive advantage.
Integration of competency Based HR Systems:competency based performance management,
competency driven careers, and competency linked remuneration, competency driven culture. Career
Development Tools.

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. SeemaSanghi(2016), The Handbook of Competency Mapping: Understanding, Designing and
Implementing Competency Models in Organizations, 3rd edition, Sage Publications India Private
Limited
2. Ganesh Shermon(2004), Competency based HRM: A strategic resource for competency mapping,
assessment and development centres, 1st edition, McGraw Hill.
3. Srinivas R. Kandula(2013), Competency-based Human Resource Management, Prentice Hall India
Pvt. Ltd.
4. Lyle M. Spencer, Signe M. Spencer(2008), Competence at Work: Models for Superior Performance,
Wiley India Pvt Ltd
5. Sumati Ray AnindyaBasu Roy (2019), Competency Based Human Resource Management, 1st
edition, SAGE Publications India Pvt Ltd

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/nptel_data3/html/mhrd/ict/text/109105121/lec38.pdf
 https://youtu.be/nqXUfrblLUM
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wTWszuDVTQs

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 89

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPS303A ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING 4H -3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the concept of Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), ERP related technologies, its implementation,
module structures of ERP, ERP vendors role, future trends in ERP and apply the learnings lifelong.
 To evaluate the need of ERP for an organization, select the best vendor and implement the module that is
appropriate for the organization need.
 To enhance the understanding of the students with respect to the conceptual framework and the technological
infrastructure of Enterprise Resource Planning.
 To expose the students to the implementation issues and future trends associated with ERP.
 To apprehend different Sales and Distribution tools used
 To know the future trends in ERP systems to have good relation with customers.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), ERP related technologies, its implementation,
module structures of ERP, ERP vendors role, future trends in ERP and apply the learnings lifelong.
2. Evaluate the need of ERP for an organization, select the best vendor and implement the module that is appropriate
for the organization need.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
4. Apprehend application of different Sales and Distribution tools for business.
5. Know the Business benefits of ES
6. Understand the concept of Data definition language

UNIT I ERP
Enterprise: An Overview: Business Functions and Business Processes, importance of
Information: Characteristics of information; Types of information, Information System: Components
of an information system; Different types of information systems; Management information system,
Enterprise Resource Planning: Business modelling; Integrated data model
Introduction to ERP: Defining ERP, Origin and Need for an ERP System, Benefits of an ERP System,
Reasons for the Growth of ERP Market, Reasons for the Failure of ERP Implementation: Roadmap for
successful ERP implementation

UNIT II ERP and Related Technologies and ERP Implementation Life Cycle
Business Process Re-engineering, Management Information systems, Decision Support Systems,
Executive Information Systems- Advantages of EIS; Disadvantages of EIS, Data Warehousing, Data

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 90

 Mining, On-Line Analytical Processing, Product Life Cycle Management, Supply Chain Management,
ERP Security. ERP Tools and Software, ERP Selection Methods and Criteria, ERP Selection
Process, ERP Vendor Selection, ERP Implementation Lifecycle, Pros and cons of ERP implementation,
Factors for the Success of an ERP Implementation

UNIT III ERP Modules Structure

Manufacturing Perspective: Role of Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) in manufacturing, Computer
Aided Design/Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAD/CAM), Materials Requirement Planning (MRP)-
Master Production Schedule (MPS);Bill of Material (BOM);Inventory Records; Closed Loop MRP;
Manufacturing Resource Planning (MRP-II), Distribution Requirements Planning (DRP), Just-in-
Time(JIT) and KANBAN - Kanban; Product Data Management (PDM)- Data Management, Process
Management; Manufacturing Operations- Make-to-Order (MTO) and Make-to-Stock (MTS); Assemble-
to-Order (ATO); Engineer-to-Order (ETO); Configure-to-Order (CTO). ERP: An Inventory
Management Perspective: Role of ERP in Inventory Management: ERP Inventory Management
Module. ERP: A HR Perspective: Role of ERP in Human Resource Management. ERP: An Finance
Perspective: Role of ERP in Finance, Accounting and Finance Processes, Sage Accpac ERP – A
Financial ERP Tool

UNIT IV ERP: Purchase, Sales and Distribution Perspective

ERP: A Purchasing Perspective: Role of ERP in Purchasing, Purchase Module: Features of purchase
module; Benefits of purchase module, ERP Purchase System
ERP: Sales and Distribution Perspective: Role of ERP in Sales and Distribution, Sub-Modules of the
Sales and Distribution Module:Master data management, Order management, Warehouse management,
Shipping and transportation, Billing and sales support, Foreign trade, Integration of Sales and
Distribution Module with Other Modules

UNIT V ERP Vendors, Consultants and Employees

ERP Vendors - ERP Vendors, SAP-AG: Products and technology R/3 overview; SAP advantage, Baan
Company , Oracle Corporation: Products and technology; Oracle Application; Vertical solutions,
Microsoft Corporation, Ramco Systems, Systems Software Associates Inc. (SSA), QAD
Future Directions in ERP: New Trends in ERP, ERP to ERP II-Implementation of Organisation-Wide
ERP, Development of New Markets and Channels, Latest ERP Implementation Methodologies, ERP
and E-business, Market Snapshot, The SOA Factor.
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 91
 SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Rajesh Ray (2017), Enterprise Resource Planning, 1st edition, McGraw hill, New Delhi.
2. Alexis Leon (2017), ERP, 3rd edition, McGraw hill, New Delhi.
3. Ashim Raj Singla(2016), Enterprise Resource Planning, 2nd edition, Cengage Learning India Private
Limited, New Delhi.
4. Veena Bansal (2013,Enterprise Resource Planning, 1st edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
5. David Olson (2017), Managerial Issues Of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems, McGraw hill,
New Delhi.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 92

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPS303B MANAGING SOFTWARE PROJECTS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the concept of software development, software project planning, estimation, scheduling,
monitoring, quality assurance and software reengineering and apply learning lifelong.
 To apply appropriate tools and techniques to evaluate the project cost.
 To use problem solving techniques to schedule the project.
 To apply software testing methods and tools to ensure software quality.
 To know about the software testing methods.
 To know about the concept of quality in software development.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of software development, software project planning, estimation, scheduling, monitoring,
quality assurance and software reengineering and apply learning lifelong.
2. Apply appropriate tools and techniques to evaluate the project cost.
3. Utilize problem solving techniques to schedule the project.
4. Apply software testing methods and tools to ensure software quality.
5. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
6. Produce quantitative analysis using specialist software

UNIT I Software Development Organization, Roles and Overview of Project Management

The Management Spectrum; Organizational Structure; Types of Organizational Structures –
Hierarchical Organizational Structure, Flat Organizational Structure, Matrix Organizational Structure,
Networked Organizational Structure, T-form Organization; Job Roles in Software Development.
Overview of Project Management: Project Management – Definitions; Factors Influencing Project
Management – Project Manager, Project Management Activities, Stakeholders; Project Communication;
Project Development Phases; Project Charter; Statement of Work (SoW); Project Management
Associations.

UNIT II Project Planning and Estimation, Budgeting of Projects and Project Scheduling ,
Requirement Modeling
Tasks in Project Planning; Work Breakdown Structures (WBS); Planning Methods; Development Life
Cycle Models; A Generic Project Model.
Estimation and Budgeting of Projects: Software Cost Estimation; COCOMO Model; Budgeting.
Project scheduling: Basic Principles, Effort distribution, Refinement of Software Engineering Actions,
Defining a Task Network, Time-Line Charts, Tracking the Schedule. Tracking Progress for an OO
Project.
Requirement Modeling: Requirement analysis, Domain analysis, Requirements Modeling Approaches,
Scenario-Based Modeling, Data Modeling Concepts, Class-Based Modeling

UNIT III Project Scheduling and Project Monitoring and Controlling

Project Scheduling : Scheduling Techniques – Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT),

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 93

 Gantt Chart, Critical Path Method (CPM), Automated Tools.

Project Monitoring and Controlling: Project Status Reporting; Project Metrics; Earned Value Analysis
(EVA); Project Communication Plan & Techniques; Steps for Process Improvement.

UNIT IV Managing software Project Risk.

Risk Management: Concepts of Risks and Risk Management , Risk Management Activities; Effective
Risk Management; Risk Categories; Aids for Risk Identification; Potential Risk Treatments; Risk
Components and Drivers; Risk Prioritization.
Configuration Management: Software Configuration Management (SCM) – Baselines, Software
Configuration Items (SCI); SCM Process; Identification of Objects in the Software Configuration;
Version Control; Change Control; Configuration Audit; Status Reporting; Goals of SCM.

UNIT V Software Quality Assurance, Testing Techniques and Software Re-Engineering

Software Quality Assurance Activities; Software Qualities; Software Quality Standards – ISO Standards
for Software Organization, Capability Maturity Model (CMM), Comparison between ISO 9001 & SEI
CMM, Other Standards.

Testing Techniques : Software Testing Concepts; Types of Software Testing – Manual Testing,
Automated Testing; Black Box Testing; White Box Testing Techniques.

Software Re-Engineering: Software Maintenance Problems; Redevelopment vs. Reengineering;

Business Process Reengineering; Software Reengineering Process Model; Technical Problems of
Reengineering.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Bruce R. Maxim Roger S. Pressman(2019), Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach, 8th
Edition, McGraw Hill, New Delhi
2. Ian Sommerville (2017), Software Engineering, 10th edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
3. Bob Hughes, Mike Cotterell, Rajib Mall(2017), Software Project Management, 6th edition, McGraw
Hill, New Delhi,
4. Rajib Mall(2018), Fundamentals of Software Engineering, 5th edition, PHI Learning, New Delhi.
5. Richard Fairley (2017), Software Engineering Concepts, 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Education, New
Delhi.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105218/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 94

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPS303C E- COMMERCE 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the concept of ecommerce, infrastructure, ecommerce models, risk, e-payment, and e marketing
and apply learning lifelong.
 To comprehend on the legal aspects related to e-commerce.
 To analyse the technology requirements for Ecommerce
 To know the different business models available for running a e-business
 To consider the different ways of payment and payment services available
 To understand the E-supply chain management relating to e- business.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of ecommerce, infrastructure, ecommerce models, risk, e-payment, and e marketing and
apply learning lifelong.
2. Comprehend on the legal aspects related to e-commerce.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
4. Explore the wealth of online learning environment and adopt methods for system online implementation.
5. Acquitted with the recent trends and developments in technology which covers e-Commerce and knowledge
management aspects.
6. Understand E-Marketing, Customer orientation and Future of Ecommerce

UNIT I E-Commerce and Evolution of E-commerce

Introduction to E-commerce - Introduction, E-commerce or Electronic Commerce- An Overview,
Electronic Commerce – Cutting edge, Electronic Commerce Framework Evolution of E-commerce:
Introduction, History of Electronic Commerce, Advantages and Disadvantage of E-commerce, Roadmap
of e-commerce in India

UNIT II Network Infrastructure, E-commerce Infrastructure and Managing the E-Enterprise

Network Infrastructure- An Overview, The Internet Hierarchy, Basic Blocks of e-commerce, Networks
layers & TCP/IP protocols, The Advantages of Internet, World Wide Web
E-commerce Infrastructure: Introduction, E-commerce Infrastructure-An Overview, Hardware, Server
Operating System, Software, Network Website-Securing e commerce network-firewalls-demilitarized
zone-personal firewalls-VPNs-Intrusion detection system-Honeynets-Honeypots
Managing the e-Enterprise: Introduction, e-Enterprise, Managing the e-Enterprise, E-business Enterprise,
Comparison between Conventional Design and E-organisation, Organisation of Business in an e-Enterprise

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 95

 UNIT III E-Commerce Process Models, Risk and management challenges
Introduction, Business Models, E-business Models Based on the Relationship of Transaction Parties, e-
commerce Sales Life Cycle (ESLC) Model
Risks of Insecure Systems: Introduction, An Overview of Risks Associated with Internet Transactions,
Internet Associated Risks, Intranet Associated Risks, risks associated with Business Transaction Data
Transferred between Trading Partners
Management of Risk: Introduction, Introduction to Risk Management, Disaster Recovery Plans, Risk
Management Paradigm
Managemet Challenges and Opportunities: New Business Model, Required Changes in Business Processes,
Channel Conflicts, Legal and Regulatory Environment for e-commerce, Security and Privacy-types of
threats and attacks-Securing e commerce communication Managerial Opportunities

UNIT IV Electronic Payment Systems, EDI

Electronic Payment Systems, Electronic Cash, Smart Cards and Electronic Payment Systems, Credit Card
Based Electronic Payment Systems, Risks and Electronic Payment Systems
Electronic Data Interchange(EDI): The Meaning of EDI, History of EDI, EDI Working Concept,
Implementation difficulties of EDI, Financial EDI, EDI and Internet

UNIT V E-Marketing, Customer orientation and Future of Ecommerce.

E-Marketing: The scope of E-Marketing, Internet Marketing Techniques
Consumer Oriented Business: Consumer Market, One-to-One Marketing, Consumer Demographics,
Maintaining Loyalty, Gaining Acceptance, Online Catalogue, the Pilot Catalogue, A Unique Search Engine
Future Directions: Software Agents, Technology Behind Software Agents, Types of Software Agents,
Characteristics and Properties of Software Agents, Frame-work for Software Agent-based e-commerce, m-
commerce, m-commerce Architecture, Areas of Potential Growth and Future for m-commerce-E-Auctions
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Chaffey (2013), E-Business and E-Commerce Management: Strategy, Implementation and Practice,
5th edition, Pearson education, New Delhi.
2. P.T. Joseph S.J. (2015), E-Commerce: An Indian Perspective, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.
3. David Whiteley(2017), E - Commerce: Strategy, Technologies and Applications, McGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
4. Kenneth C. Laudon and Traveer, (2016), E-Commerce 10th edition, Pearson education,New Delhi.
5. Bharat Bhasker, (2017), Electronic Commerce: Framework, Technologies and Applications, 4th
edition, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
E-Resources
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xKJjyn8DaAw
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105083/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 96

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPS303D INFORMATION SECURITY AND PRIVACY 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To impart the skills needed to provide security to the system.
 To make students learn various types of threats, Risk analysis, Physical security of infrastructure, providing
authorization using biometrics,
 To understand concepts such as Network security and cryptography techniques, Database security and Web security
issues.
 To understand the key technical tools available for security/privacy protection
 To understand the most important classes of information security/privacy risks in today's "Big Data" environment
 To Exercise competent operational security practices

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. To analyze the vulnerabilities in any computing system and hence be able to design a security solution.
2. To identify the security issues in the network and resolve it.
3. To evaluate security mechanisms using rigorous approaches, including theoretical
4. To compare and Contrast different IEEE standards and electronic mail security
5. To diagnose and investigate cyber security events related to computer systems and
6. To understand the need for digital evidence.

Unit I:
Information Systems: Meaning, Importance. Global Information Systems: Role of Internet and Web Service.
Information System Security & Threats. Threats - New Technologies Open Door Threats. Level of Threats:
Information, Network Level. Threats and Attacks. Computer Viruses. Classifications of Threats and Assessing
Damages.
Unit II:
Building Blocks of Information Security: Principles, Terms, Three Pillars of Information Security. Information
Classification. Risk Analysis: Risk Management & Risk Analysis, Approaches and Considerations. Physical
Security: Need, Meaning, Natural Disasters, Controlling Physical Access, Intrusion Detection System.
Controlling Visitors. Fireproof Sales, Security through cables and locks.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 97

 Unit III:
Biometrics Controls for Security: Access Control, User Identification & Authentication. Meaning, Biometric
Techniques. Key Success factors. Network Security: Intro, Network Types, Basic Concepts: Computer Security,
Network Security, Trusted and UnTrusted Networks. Unknown Attacks.
Unit IV:
Cryptography & Encryption: Meaning, Applications of Cryptography, Digital Signature, Cryptographic
Algorithms. Firewalls: Meaning, Demilitarized Zone. Proxy Servers. Packet Filtering, Screening Routers.
Application Level Firewalls, Hardware Level Firewalls. Databases Security: Introduction, Need, Mobile
Databases Security, Enterprise Database Security. Database Security Policy. Security Models & Frameworks:
Intro, Terminology. Intro to ISO 27001. COBIT, SSE-CMM. Methodologies for Information System Security:
IAM, IEM, SIPES.
Unit V:
Security Metrics: Intro, Basic, Security Matrix, Classification. Privacy: Meaning, Business Issue, Privacy Vs.
Security, Related Terms. Information Privacy Principles. Privacy Technological Impacts: Implications of RFID.
Use with Bio-Metrics. Smart Card Applications. Web Services and Privacy: Privacy on Internet, Web Services,
Privacy Aspects of SOA.

Suggested Readings:
1. Principles of Information Security by Michael E. Whitman and Herbert Mattord
2. Managing Enterprise Information Integrity: Security, Control and Audit Issues, By IT Governance Institute
3. An Introduction to Computer Security: The NIST Handbook

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 98

MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPS303E DIGITAL AND SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the Concept of Digital marketing using social media.
 To learn tools and utilize the tools of digital marketing and social media.
 To understand the linkage of digital marketing, social media and analytics
 To know the Role of Digital Marketing in developing brands
 To analyseORM and the need ORM
 To measuring the results of campaign and best practices of video ads

COURSEOUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. To Understand the Concept of Digital marketing using social media.
2. To learn tools and utilize the tools of digital marketing and social media.
3. To understand the linkage of digital marketing, social media and analytics
4. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group
leadership, oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
5. Gain knowledge in Website designing with WordPress
6. Understand Social media Marketing Tools

UNIT I Digital Marketing

Digital Marketing - Digital vs. Real Marketing - Digital Marketing Channel, Creating initial digital
marketing plan - Content management - SWOT analysis - Target group analysis-Benefits of Digital
Marketing. Digital marketing platforms and strategies. Comparing digital with traditional marketing.
Issues arise when Digital Marketing goes wrong. Role of Digital Marketing in developing brands, drive
sales, encourage product and service development and innovation, aid recruitment and training.

UNIT II Website
Website – Meaning, DomainName - Types of domains. Register a domain name. Webhosting concepts.
Types of websites – HTML, CSS and Java Script. Popular CMS.Website designing with WordPress:
Benefits of using WP. Admin interface basics. Theme settings and customization. Content management
in WP. Categories, tags and posts. Pages and subpages. Custom content types. Adding a menu to the
website. Plugins and widgets. Using Plugins in site. Adding widgets to the website. Best plugins in WP.

UNIT III Social media Marketing Tools– Basic Tools

Creating a Facebook page - Visual identity of a Facebook page - Types of publications - Facebook Ads
- Creating Facebook Ads - Ads Visibility
Business opportunities and Instagram options - Optimization of Instagram profiles - Integrating
Instagram with a Web Site and other social networks - Keeping up with posts

Business tools on LinkedIn - Creating campaigns on LinkedIn - Analyzing visitation on LinkedIn

Creating business accounts on YouTube - YouTube Advertising - YouTube Analytics

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 99

 E-mail marketing - E-mail marketing plan - E-mail marketing campaign analysis - Keeping up with
conversions
Digital Marketing Budgeting - resource planning - cost estimating - cost budgeting - cost - App creation
strategy. Video marketing: Importance of video marketing. Create a video campaign. Location targeting
and bidding strategies. Measuring the results of campaign. Best practices of video ads.

UNIT IV Advanced Tools :SEO and SEM

On-Site SEO: Optimize UX & Design, Off-Site SEO: Link-building, SEO Audit and Future of SEO

Adwords and Keyword Selection, Create Text Ads, CPC Bidding, Navigate AdWords, SEM Metrics
and Optimization

UNIT V Online Reputation Management, Merging digital and social marketing and data
analytics.
ORM -need for ORM, areas to analyze in ORM. Generate a ORM report. Things to do in ORM –
Monitor search results, complaint sites, reviews, sites and blogs, and social media.
Analytics and its importance for business. Key performance metrics in analytics. Audience reports.
Traffic reports. Behavior reports. Conversion tracking.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Ryan, D. (2014 ). Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging the
Digital Generation, Kogan Page Limited.
2. Puneet Singh Bhatia(2017), Fundamentals of Digital Marketing, Pearson Education, New
Delhi.
3. Abhishek Das(2018), Applications of Digital Marketing for Success in Business, 1st edition,
BPB Publications, New Delhi
4. Dishek J. J. Mankad(2018), Understanding digital marketing, BPB Publications
5. VandanaAhuja (2015), Digital Marketing, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
6. Sarah McHarry(2013), Wordpress To Go, Create space Independent Pub
7. Karol Krol(2017),WordPress Complete - Sixth Edition, Packt Publishing Limited

E-Resources
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wZZnxXyES80&vl=en
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106169/
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wfOp0lsCXAY&list=PLifnQOsGyOSRMYndHku6pNlL
YckbBuOGU

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 100
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPO303A SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students

 To understand the concept of supply chain, inventory management, supply contracts, supply chain integration and
global logistics.
 To apply the understanding of supply chain, inventory management, supply contracts, supply chain integration and
global logistics lifelong.
 To understand the concept of supply chain and logistics.
 To familiarize the key drivers of supply chain performance.
 To understand the analytical tools necessary to solve supply chain problems.
 To get an in-depth knowledge in International supply chain
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of supply chain, inventory management, supply contracts, supply chain integration and
global logistics.
2. Apply the understanding of supply chain, inventory management, supply contracts, supply chain integration and
global logistics lifelong.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
4. Understand the importance of accurate planning and product data management as a part of Logistics Management.
5. Familiarize the key drivers of Logistics outsourcing.
6. Get an in-depth knowledge in Transactional Logistics

UNIT I Supply Chain

Supply chain - integrated supply chain - Growth of Supply chain - Strategic decision in supply chain -
Value chain for Supply Chain Management. - Building Blocks of a Supply Chain Network - Performance
Measures - Decisions in the Supply Chain World - Models for Supply Chain Decision-Making - Supply Chain
Performance Metrics and Drivers.

UNIT II SCM Planning and Risk Pooling

Supply Chain Planning - Supply Chain Facilities Layout - Capacity Planning, Inventory Optimization,
Dynamic Routing and Scheduling

Distribution Network in a Supply Chain and Network Design

Introduction and forms of inventory - Single stage inventory control - Economic lot size model - Effect
of demand - uncertainty Single period models - Initial inventory - Multiple order opportunities - Periodic
review policy - Continuous review policy, Risk pooling - Centralized versus decentralized systems -
Managing inventory in the supply chain Practical issues - Practical issues, Approaches to forecast future
demand. Network design Inventory positioning and logistics coordination - Resource allocation

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 101
 UNIT III Supply Contracts
Strategic components - Contracts for make-to-stock supply chain -Contracts with asymmetric
information - Contracts for nonstrategic components. The Value of Information - The bullwhip effect -
Supply chain coordination structures - Information sharing andincentives -Information and supply chain
trade-offs - Centralized and decentralized decision-making and performance impacts - Learning
organization principles.Performance Measurements and Metrics: An Analysis of Supplier Evaluation

UNIT IV Supply Chain Integration

Functional Products, Innovative products - Efficient supply chains - Responsive supply chains - Agile
supply chains - Supply Chain Integration Push, pull, and push-pull systems- Demand-driven strategies
Impact of lead time -Impact of the Internet on supply chain strategies

Distribution Strategies- Direct shipment distribution -Intermediate inventory storage point strategies –
Transhipment -Strategic Alliances - Framework for strategic alliances - Third-party logistics - Retailer-
Supplier Partnerships, Distributor integrationProcurement and Outsourcing Strategies - Outsourcing
benefits and risks. A Framework for Buy/Make Decisions - Procurement strategies - E-Procurement

UNIT V Global Logistics, Risk Management and IT for supply chain

Types of global forces - Risk management - Issues in international supply chains - Coordinated Product
and Supply Chain Design - Design for logistics - Supplier integration into new product development -
Mass customization - Information Technology - Business Processes Supply Chain - IT Innovations
Technology standards – RFID, SOA - Relation to ERP - E-procurement, E-Logistics, Internet Auctions,E-
markets, Electronic business process optimization, Business objects in SCM

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Judy Dickens (2019), Principles and Practice of Supply Chain Management, Willford Press
2. Russel, Taylor (2015), Operations and Supply Chain Management, 8the edition, Wiley India.
3. Sunil Chopra, Peter Meindl, et al.(2018),Supply Chain Management, 7th edition, Pearson
Education, New Delhi.
4. F. Robert Jacobs, Richard Chase (2017), Operations and Supply Chain Management, 14th
edition, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
5. Janat Shah, (2016), Supply Chain Management: Text and Cases, 2nd edition, Pearson Education,
New Delhi.
E-Resources:
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/108/110108056/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/106/110106045/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110107074/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 102
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPO303B OPERATIONS STRATEGY 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students

 To understand the concept of operations, capacity, purchase, inventory and linkages to strategic formulation,
implementation, monitoring and control.
 To apply the understanding of concept of operations, capacity, purchase, inventory and linkages to strategic
formulation, implementation, monitoring and control lifelong.
 To understand Process Technology strategy and Improvement strategy
 To know the challenges to operations strategy formulation
 To analyse the content of operations strategy and the relative importance of performance objectives changes over
time.
 To know the dynamics of monitoring and control and Implementation risk
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of operations, capacity, purchase, inventory and linkages to strategic formulation,
implementation, monitoring and control.
2. Apply the understanding of concept of operations, capacity, purchase, inventory and linkages to strategic
formulation, implementation, monitoring and control lifelong.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
4. UnderstandtheprinciplesandtechniquesofOperationsResearchandtheirapplications
5. Understand why Capacity strategy and Purchasing and supply strategy
6. Understand the importance of Formulation and implementation strategy

UNIT I Operation strategy

Operations excellence fundamental to strategic success -Operations strategy - Content of operations
strategy - The operations strategy matrix- The process of operations strategy- The five generic
performance objectives - The relative importance of performance objectives changes over time - Trade-
offs - Targeting and operations focus Substitutes for strategy: ‘New’ approaches to operations
Total quality management - Lean operations - Business process reengineering - Six sigma

UNIT II Capacity strategy and Purchasing and supply strategy

Capacity strategy - The overall level of operations strategy - The number and size of sites - Capacity
change - Location of capacity Purchasing and supply strategy - Do or buy?
The vertical integration decision - Contracting and relationships - type of arrangement - Supply network

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 103
 dynamics - Managing suppliers over time - Purchasing and supply chain risk

UNIT III Process Technology strategy and Improvement strategy

Process technology strategy - Scale/scalability – the capacity of each unit of technology - Degree of
automation/’analytical content’ - Degree of coupling/connectivity - The product–process matrix - The
challenges of information technology - Evaluating process technology. Improvement strategy:
Introduction - Development and improvement -Setting the direction -Importance - performance mapping
- Developing operations capabilities -Deploying capabilities in the market

UNIT IV Product and Service Development and Organization

The strategic importance of product and service development - Product and service development as a
process - A market requirements perspective on product and service development - An operations
resources perspective on product and service development - The process of operations strategy

UNIT V Formulation and implementation, Monitoring and Control.

Formulation and implementation : Formulating operations strategy - role of alignment? - Analysis for
formulation - The challenges to operations strategy formulation - Implementing operations strategy
The process of operations strategy Monitoring and control - Introduction - Strategic monitoring and
control - x Contents Monitoring implementation – tracking performance - The dynamics of monitoring
and control - Implementation risk - Learning, appropriation and path dependency
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Nigel Slack, Michael Lewis, MohitaGangwar Sharma (2018), Operations Strategy, 5th edition,
Pearson Education, New Delhi.
2. Gary Pisano, David Upton, Steven Wheelwright Robert Hayes(2011), Operations, Strategy and
Technology: Pursuing the Competitive Edge, Wiley India, New Delhi.
3. Jay Heizer, Barry Render, Chuck Munson , Amit Sachan (2017), Operations Management , 12th
edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
4. Richard B. Chase, Ravi Shankar, F. Robert Jacobs (2018), Operations and Supply Chain
Management, 15th edition, Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi.
5. B. Mahadevan (2015), Operations Management : Theory and Practice, 3rd edition, Pearson
Education, New Delhi.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107238/
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qpqQtJ7GW8k
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VozCAXEAdoo
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gnS-nZmJriI

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 104
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPO303C TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students

 To understand the concept of quality management(QM), QM Principles, tools and techniques and quality systems.
 To apply the Quality tools and techniques in improving the performance.
 To apply the understanding of quality management(QM), QM Principles, tools and techniques and quality systems
lifelong.
 To acquire required diagnostic skills and use various quality tools.
 To get exposure on tools and techniques like six sigma, 7 old quality control
 To familiarize the students about the Quality Management System.
 To Identify the key competencies needed to be an effective manager.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of quality management(QM), QM Principles, tools and techniques and quality systems.
2. Apply the Quality tools and techniques in improving the performance.
3. Apply the understanding of quality management(QM), QM Principles, tools and techniques and quality systems
lifelong.
4. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, problem solving, planning and team work.
5. Apply the Quality tools and techniques in improving the performance.
6. Understand the concept of quality management(QM), QM Principles, tools and techniques and quality systems.

UNIT I TOTALQUALITYMANAGEMENT
Definitions – TQM framework, benefits, awareness and obstacles. Quality – vision, mission and policy
statements. Customer Focus – customer perception of quality, Translating needs into requirements,
customer retention. Dimensions of product and service quality. Cost of quality.

UNIT II PRINCIPLES AND PHILOSOPHIES OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT

Overview of the contributions of Deming, Juran Crosby, Masaaki Imai, Feigenbaum, Ishikawa,
Taguchi techniques – introduction, loss function, parameter and tolerance design, signal to noise
ratio. Concepts of Quality circle, Japanese 5S principles and 8D methodology.

UNIT III STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL AND PROCESS CAPABILITY

Meaning and significance of statistical process control (SPC) – construction of control charts for
variables and attributed.
Process capability – meaning, significance and measurement – Six sigma concepts of process capability.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 105
 Reliability concepts – definitions, reliability in series and parallel, product life characteristics curve.Total
productive maintenance (TMP) – relevance to TQM, Terotechnology. Business process re-engineering
(BPR) – principles,applications, reengineering process, benefits and limitations.

UNIT IV TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES FOR QUALITY MANAGEMENT

Quality functions development (QFD) – Benefits, Voice of customer, information organization, House
of quality (HOQ), building a HOQ, QFD process. Failure mode effect analysis (FMEA) – requirements
of reliability, failure rate, FMEA stages, design, process and documentation. Seven old (statistical) tools.
Seven new management tools. Bench marking and POKA YOKE.

UNIT V QUALITY SYSTEMS ORGANIZING AND IMPLEMENTATION

Introduction to IS/ISO 9004:2000 – quality management systems – guidelines for performance
improvements. Quality Audits. TQM culture, Leadership – quality council, employee involvement,
motivation, empowerment, recognition and reward- Introduction to software quality.

SUGGESTED READINGS :
1. Dale H. Besterfield, etal, (2018). Total Quality Management, 5thedition, Pearson Education,
New Delhi.
2. Sunil Sharma (2018), Total Quality Management: Concepts, Strategy and Implementation for
Operational Excellence, 1st edition, Sage Publications
3. Panneerselvan(2014), Quality Management, Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited, New
delhi
4. Charantimath(2011), Total Quality Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi
5. AmitavaMitra (2013), Fundamentals of Quality Control and Improvement, 3 rd edition, New
Delhi.

E-Resources:
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104085/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104080/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 106
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPO303D PROCUREMENT MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the concept of sourcing and its importance as strategic organizational function.
 To apply the tools and techniques to select the best vendor to deliver quality goods on time and apply the learning
lifelong.
 To understand the sourcing in the global perspective.
 To evaluate of existing vendors and develop vendor performance measures
 To understand the managing price fluctuation and volatility in international finance
 To know the Global Trade Barriers and Dealing with international suppliers
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to

1. Understand the concept of sourcing and its importance as strategic organizational function.
2. Apply the tools and techniques to select the best vendor to deliver quality goods on time and apply the learning
lifelong.
3. Understand the sourcing in the global perspective.
4. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
5. Understand the importance of Managing price fluctuation and volatility in international finance
6. Gain knowledge in Industry Best Practices, Measurement of sourcing performance and Benchmarking in Retail
Purchasing

UNIT I Procurementas a Strategic Organizational Function

Evolution of purchasing, Purchasing, sourcing and vendor management as a key organizational function,
Purchasing objectives, Impact of strategic purchasing on profitability, Make or Buy Decisions, Types
and methods of sourcing in retail; centralized vs decentralized, single sourcing vs multiple sourcing,
day-to-day vs long range sourcing

UNIT II The Sourcing Process

Market analysis and supplier research, Prime sources of supplier information, Request for Proposal,
Fundamental steps of the buying process, terms and condition of purchase, Buying Documentation,
Negotiation, Use of IT in sourcing, Global Tenders and E-Procurement, Reverse Auctions, Expanded
role of global purchasing
UNIT III Vendor Selection and Management
Vendor selection process, Evaluation of existing vendors, Developing vendor performance measures,
new vendor development process, working with suppliers to manage quality, JIT and TQM in sourcing,

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 107
 Key supplier account management, Vendor relationship development, Negotiation skills, Vendor
monitoring, Promoting SME suppliers.

UNIT IV Cross functional Approach to Sourcing

Overview of material management function and supply chain alignment, Role of purchasing in
supporting inventory objectives, Goals of Inventory Control, Hedging vs. Forward Buying, Risk
management, Managing price fluctuation and volatility in international finance, matching supply with
customer demand, managing inward logistics, Transportation modes and warehousing

UNIT V Global Trends and Issues in Sourcing

Global Trade Barriers, Dealing with international suppliers, UNO and GATT conventions, Legal, socio-
cultural issues in international buying, Environmental issues-Green Purchasing- Industry Best Practices,
Measurement of sourcing performance, Benchmarking in Retail Purchasing.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Fred Sollish, John Semanik2018), Strategic Global Sourcing Best Practices, Wiley India.
2. Robert B. Handfield et.al (2012), Sourcing and Supply Chain Management. 5th edition, Cengage
Learning.
3. Wilhelm Kohler, ErdalYalcin (2018), Developments in Global Sourcing, MIT Press
4. SudhiSeshadri (2014), Sourcing Strategy: Principles, Policy and Designs, Springer.
5. Dr Kenneth Lysons, Dr Brian Farrington (2016), Procurement and Supply Chain Management ,
9th edition, Pearson Education.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105095/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106045/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 108
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPO303E SERVICES OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the concept of operations management in services sector.
 To comprehend on understanding of services design, service quality, service facility.
 To apply capacity and demand assessment tools in service operations.
 To understand Front-office Back-office Interface and service decoupling.
 To know Managing Service Experience, experience economy and Measuring Service Quality
 To understand Inventory Management in Services sector
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to

1. Understand the concept of operations management in services sector.

2. Comprehend on understanding of services design, service quality, service facility.
3. Apply capacity and demand assessment tools in service operations.
4. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group
leadership, oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
5. Understand process flow diagram, process steps and simulation
6. Gain knowledge in supply management tactics, operations planning and control

UNIT I Services
Services – Importance, role in economy, service sector – growth; Nature of services -Service
classification, Service Package, distinctive characteristics, open-systems view; Service Strategy –
Strategic service vision, competitive environment, generic strategies, winning customers; Role of
information technology; stages in service firm competitiveness; Internet strategies - Environmental
strategies.

UNIT II Service Design

New Service Development – Design elements – Service Blue-printing - process structure – generic
approaches –Value to customer; Retail design strategies – store size – Network configuration ; Managing
Service Experience –experience economy, key dimensions ; Vehicle Routing and Scheduling

UNIT III Service Quality

Service Quality- Dimensions, Service Quality Gap Model; Measuring Service Quality –SERVQUAL -
Walk-through Audit; Quality service by design - Service Recovery - Service Guarantees; Service
Encounter – triad, creating service orientation, service profit chain; Front-office Back-office Interface –
service decoupling.

UNIT IV Service Facility

Servicescapes – behaviour - environmental dimensions – framework; Facility design – nature,
objectives, process analysis – process flow diagram, process steps, simulation; Service facility layout;
Service Facility Location – considerations, facility location techniques – metropolitan metric, Euclidean,
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 109
 centre of gravity, retail outlet location , location set covering problem

UNIT V Managing Capacity and Demand

Managing Demand – strategies; Managing capacity – basic strategies, supply management tactics,
operations planning and control; Yield management; Inventory Management in Services– Retail
Discounting Model, Newsvendor Model; Managing Waiting Lines –Queuing systems, psychology of
waiting; Managing for growth- expansion strategies, franchising , globalization.

SUGGESTED READING
1. Johnston Robert, Clark Graham, Shulver Michael(2017), Service Operations
Management:Improving Service Delivery, 4th edition, Pearson Education.
2. James A. Fitzsimmons , Mona J. Fitzsimmons , Sanjeev Bordoloi (2018), Service Management,
8th edition, McGraw Hill.
3. Richard D. Metters (2012), Successful Service Operations Management, Cengage Learning.
4. Robert Johnston, Graham Clark,(2007) Service Operations Management, 2nd edition, Pearson
Education
5. Bill Hollins and Sadie Shinkins, (2006), Managing Service Operations, Sage Texts.

E-Resources
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_9697WzjwRA
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/106/110106046/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 110
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPA303A HUMAN RESOURCE METRICS AND ANALYTICS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To have the conceptual understanding of the HR metrics and analytics
 To Understand the importance of HR metrics and analytics in measuring HR’s impact and drive business results.
 To Identify the right HR metrics (what to measure, types of measurements etc.,) – aligning HR and business goals.
 To utilize metrics into analytics for effective management decisionsandalign to Strategic decision making.
 To describe the key elements of the HR scoreboard
 To Translate HR metrics results into actionable business decisions for upper management

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Possess the conceptual understanding of the HR metrics and analytics
2. Understand the importance of HR metrics and analytics in measuring HR’s impact and drive business results.
3. Identify the right HR metrics and aligning HR and business goals.
4. Utilize metrics into analytics for effective management decisions.andalign to Strategic decision making.
5. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
6. Understand which metrics you will need and Implement

UNIT I HR Analytics
HR Measurements -Meaning for measurements - Strategy-focused organization
HR Analytics Overview - HR Analytics - Importance of HR Analytics.
The Business Balanced Scorecard & KPIs - Understand the HR Value Chain –Types of scorecards -
Business balanced scorecard

UNIT II HR Metrics
HR Metrics - Concepts, Objectives - Historical evolution of HR metrics.- Defining Metrics -
Components of metrics - Understand the different measures in metrics - How and why metrics are used
in an organization - HR measurement model- HCM:21 (human capital management for the twenty-first
century)- HR efficiency measures, HR Effectiveness measures, HR value / impact measures

UNIT III HR Metrics and KPIs

The HR Scorecard and Related Metrics - HR Scoreboard - Understand the HR value chain measurements
- Key elements of the HR scoreboard
Define metrics from strategy to KPI - Performance matrix in HR - Understand several key metrics for
your business- Designing effective Metrics that matters - Deciding what metrics are important to your
business. - HR metrics design principles. - Approaches for designing HR metrics: The Inside-Out
Approach,The Outside-In Approach
Align HR metrics with business strategy, goals and objectives - Link HR to the strategy map -Creating
levels of metrics measures.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 111
 UNIT IV Building HR functions metrics
Building HR functions metrics - Workforce Planning Metrics - Recruitment Metrics - Training and
Development Metrics - Compensation and Benefits Metrics - Employee relations & Retention Metrics
Aligning Metrics to Support Organizational Decision Making - To become a trusted business partner -
Selecting the right methodology -Root cause analysis

UNIT V Implementation
Implementation: Building Support - Rules of building support - Building support for metrics -
Involvement and commitment. Implementing HR Metrics. Translating HR metrics results into actionable
business decisions for upper management (Using Excel Application exercises, HR dashboards).

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. C. Sesil James (2017), Applying Advanced Analytics to HR Management Decisions: Methods for
Selection, Developing Incentives and Improving Collaboration, Pearson Education.
2. Jatin Pandey, Manish Gupta Pratyush Banerjee(2019), Practical Applications of HR Analytics, Sage
Texts.
3. Dipak Kumar Bhattacharyya(2017), HR Analytics: Understanding Theories and Applications, Sage
Texts.
4. Ramesh Soundararajan, Kuldeep Singh (2016), Winning on HR Analytics: Leveraging Data for
Competitive Advantage, Sage Texts.
5. Jac Fitz-Enz and John R. Mattox II (2014), Predictive Analytics for Human Resources, Wiley India.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 112
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPA303B MARKETING ANALYTICS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To have the conceptual understanding of the marketing metrics and analytics
 To Understand the importance of marketing metrics and analytics in measuring marketing’s impact and drive
business results.
 To Identify the right marketing metrics (what to measure, types of measurements etc.,) – aligning HR and business
goals.
 To utilize metrics into analytics for effective management decisions and align to Strategic decision making.
 To Identify the size of the opportunity for growth and begin to identify the methods to achieve it the value of the
different shopper groups
 To derive the market share in terms of Units, Revenue, concentration ratio and Herfindahl

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Possess the conceptual understanding of the marketing metrics and analytics
2. Understand the importance of marketing metrics and analytics in measuring marketing’s impact and drive business
results.
3. Identify the right marketing metrics and aligning HR and business goals.
4. Utilize metrics into analytics for effective management decisionsAndalign to Strategic decision making.
5. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
6. Understand Non financial measures, Brand Awareness, Test-drive, Churn, CSAT and Customer Satisfaction

UNIT I Marketing Analytics and Marketing Metrics

Marketing Anlaytics - Introduction - Analytics v/s Analysis – Business Analytics, Business domains
within Analytics, Introduction to Marketing Analytics,Introduction to Models,Decision Models –
Descriptive, Predictive and Prescriptive Models. Introduction to Metrics: Marketing Metrics –
Opportunities, performance and accountability. Data availability, mastering metrics, marketing Metrics
survey.
Market Insight - Market Data Source – treatment of outliners, Market sizing, PESTLE Market analysis,
Porter Five Force Analysis

UNIT II Multichannel Segmentation and positioning

Identify differences in behavior of online, in-store & multi-channel shoppers, Identify the size of the
opportunity for growth and begin, to identify the methods to achieve it. The value of the different
shopper groups- Key measures - Spend per visit, Spend per shopper, Units per visit, Units per shopper,
Frequency of Purchase (Visits per shopper), Estimate the profitability of each segment in terms of Cost
of Acquiring, Cost of Retention, Profitability and Lifetime value analysis.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 113
 UNIT III Business strategy and Marketing Operations
Business Strategy - Strategic Scenarios, Strategic Decision Models, Strategic Metrics
Business Operations – Forecasting, Predictive Analytics, data Mining, Balanced Scorecard, Critical
Success Factors,
Market share Analysis - Derive the market share in terms of Units, Revenue, concentration ratio,
Herfindahl-Hirschman Index – HHI- Competitive Analysis - Competitive Information, Competitive
Analysis, Competitive Actions, Difference between leaders and laggards.

UNIT IV Marketing Mix Analytics

Product and Service Analytics - Conjoint Analysis, Decision Tree Model, Portfolio Resource Allocation,
Product/ service Metrics, Attribute Preference testing
Price Analytics - Pricing Techniques, Pricing Assessment, Profitable pricing, Pricing for Business
Markets, Price Discrimination
Distribution analytics - Distribution Channel Characteristics, Retail Location selection, Channel
Evaluation and Selection, Multi-channel Distribution, Distribution Channel Metrics
Promotion Analytics - Promotion Budget estimation, Promotion Budget Allocation – Ad value
equivalence model, Promotion Metrics for traditional Media, Promotion Metrics for social media,

UNIT V Financial and Non - Financial Measures

Non-Financial Measures - Brand Awareness, Test-drive, Churn, CSAT- Customer Satisfaction,
Acceptance Rate / take-off, Customer Life time value estimation
Financial measures – ROMI, WebAnalytics - Search Engine Optimisation- Tracking the success of
SEO. Cost per click, Transaction Conversion Ratio, Return on Dollar spend(ROA), Bounce rate , Word
of Mouth (WOM).

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Stephen Sorger (2013), Marketing Analytics: Strategic Models and Metrics, First Edition, Admiral
Press.
2. Paul W. Farris , Neil T. Bendle , Phillip E. Pfeifer (2016), Marketing Metrics: The Definitive Guide
to Measuring Marketing Performance, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education. (FT Press)
3. Wayne L. Winston (2014), Marketing Analytics: Data-Driven Techniques with Microsoft Excel, 1st
edition, Wiley India.
4. Brea Cesar (2018), Marketing and Sales Analytics: Proven Techniques and Powerful Applications
from Industry Leaders, 1st edition, Pearson Education.
5. RajkumarVenkatesan, Paul Farris, Ronald T. Wilcox(2014), Cutting Edge Marketing Analytics:
Real World Cases and Data Sets for Hands On Learning, 1st edition, Pearson (FT Press Analytics)

E-resources:
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105142/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 114
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPA303C BIG DATA ANALYTICS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To have the conceptual understanding of big volume of data and its utilization in decision making.
 To comprehend on the industry usage of big data in different functions across sectors.
 To Understand and apply the appropriate tools and techniques for analyzing the big data.
 To understand Big Data and the New School of Marketing, Digital Marketing and Web Analytics
 To know Discrete Probability distribution, Continuous Probability distribution and Random sampling from
Probability Distribution
 To evaluate an ARIMA Model and Reasons to Choose and Cautions

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Possess the conceptual understanding of big volume of data and its utilization in decision making.
2. Comprehend on the industry usage of big data in different functions across sectors.
3. Understand and apply the appropriate tools and techniques for analyzing the big data.
4. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group
leadership, oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
5. Understand Big Data and the New School of Marketing
6. Gain knowledge in Probability distribution and Data Modeling

UNIT I Big Data Analytics and Big Data Technology

Big data, users of big data, big data and strategy : A Linkage, The Expanding Universe of Unstructured Data,
Big Data Technology : Big Data Computation, Big data Storage. Open-Source Technology for Big Data Analytics, The
Cloud and Big Data, Crowdsourcing Analytics, Inter- and Trans-Firewall Analytics, Mobile Business Intelligence

UNIT II Big Data – Industry users

People : Rise of the Data Scientist, Learning over Knowing, Agility, Scale and Convergence, Multidisciplinary Talent,
Innovation, Cost Effectiveness, The 90/10 Rule and Critical Thinking, Analytic Talent and Executive Buy-in, Developing
Decision Sciences Talent, Holistic View of Analytics
Big data in Business: Big Data and the New School of Marketing , Digital Marketing , Web Analytics, Social and Affiliate
Marketing.
Fraud and Big Data Risk and Big Data - Credit Risk Management, Big Data and Algorithmic Trading - Crunching
Through Complex Interrelated Data - Intraday Risk Analytics, a Constant Flow of Big Data
Geospatial Intelligence, Health care - “Disruptive Analytics”

UNIT III Descriptive Statistical Measures

Population and samples, Measures of location, Measures of Dispersion, Measures of variability, measures of Association.
Probability distribution and Data Modeling – Discrete Probability distribution, Continuous Probability distribution,
Random sampling from Probability Distribution, Data Modeling and Distribution fitting.
Hypothesis Testing, Difference of Means, Wilcoxon Rank-Sum Test, Type I and Type II Errors, Power and Sample Size,
ANOVA

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 115
UNIT IV Clustering, Association And Classification
Data Mining : Scope of Data Mining, Data Exploration and Reduction, Unsupervised learning – cluster analysis,
Association rules, Supervised learning- Partition Data, Classification Accuracy, prediction Accuracy, k-nearest neighbors,
Classification and regression trees, Logistics Regression.

UNIT V Time series analysis

Overview of Time Series Analysis, Box-Jenkins Methodology, ARIMA Model., Autocorrelation Function (ACF),
Autoregressive Models, Moving Average Models, ARMA and ARIMA Models,
Building and Evaluating an ARIMA Model, Reasons to Choose and Cautions

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. EMC Education Services(2015), Data Science and Big Data Analytics: Discovering, Analyzing, Visualizing and
Presenting Data
2. Seema Acharya, SubhashiniChellappan (2015), Big Data and Analytics (WIND) , Wiley India.
3. Bart Baesens(2014), Analytics in a Big Data World: The Essential Guide to Data Science and its Applications,
Wiley India.
4. Bernard Marr (2016), Big Data in Practice : How 45 Successful Companies Used Big Data Analytics to Deliver
Extraordinary Results, Wiley India,
5. MayankBhushan (2018), Big Data and Hadoop- Learn by Example, BPB Publications.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 116
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPA303D FINANCIAL ANALYTICS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To have the conceptual understanding of the financial metrics and analytics
 To select appropriate tools and techniques for analyzing the finance data and apply the same.
 To analyze financial data and make decisions to maximise return and minimize risk.
 To understand the overview of Time Series Analysis and Box-Jenkins Methodology
 To know the Association rules and Supervised learning
 To apply Principle component analysis

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Possess the conceptual understanding of the financial metrics and analytics
2. Select appropriate tools and techniques for analyzing the finance data and apply the same.
3. Analyze financial data and make decisions to maximise return and minimize risk.
4. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
5. Understand Association and Classification for finance data
6. Gain knowledge in CAPM model and Beta calculation

UNIT I Data science - Finance

Understanding data in finance, sources of data, cleaning and pre-processing data
Corporate finance data, stock price data, derivative data, credit card fraud data.

UNIT II Descriptive statistics for finance data

Mean, median, variance, Standard deviation, coefficient of variation, skewness, kurtosis, normality test, correlation and
Regression, Hypothesis Testing- parametric and non parametric test
Difference of Means, Wilcoxon Rank-Sum Test, Type I and Type II Errors, Power and Sample Size, ANOVA

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 117
UNIT III Time series analysis for finance data
Overview of Time Series Analysis, Box-Jenkins Methodology, ARIMA Model., Autocorrelation Function (ACF),
Autoregressive Models, Moving Average Models, ARMA and ARIMA Models,
Building and Evaluating an ARIMA Model, Reasons to Choose and Cautions,

UNIT IV Association and Classification for finance data

Association rules, Supervised learning- Partition Data, Classification Accuracy, prediction Accuracy, k-nearest neighbors,
Classification and regression trees, Logistics Regression
Factor analysis, - Principle component analysis.

UNIT V Financial models

CAPM model, Beta calculation, VAR, Mean variance analysis, Markowitz model, EVA, Black Scholes Model.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. EMC Education Services(2015), Data Science and Big Data Analytics: Discovering, Analyzing, Visualizing and
Presenting Data
2. Walter Enders(2018), Applied Econometric Time Series, Wiley India.
3. Ruey S. Tsay(2014), Analysis of Financial Time Series, 3rd edition, Wiley India
4. John C. Hull and SankarshanBasu(2018), Options, Future & Other Derivatives, Pearson Education.
5. Sheldon Natenberg(2014), Option Volatility and Pricing: Advanced Trading Strategies and Techniques, 2nd
Edition, MCGraw Hill.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 118
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPA303E DATA MINING AND DATA WAREHOUSING 4H –3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the concept of Data Warehouse and its significance.
 To gain the knowledge of hardware and operational design of data warehouses
 To obtain the knowledge of planning the requirements for data warehousing.
 To understand the types of the data mining techniques and its application
 To comprehend on the concept of knowledge discovery process and its application
 To know about Visualization techniquesand Knowledge discovery process

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the basic principles, concepts and applications of data warehousing and data mining,
2. Comprehend the importance of Processing raw data to make it suitable for various data mining algorithms.
3. Visualize the techniques of clustering, classification, association finding, feature selection and its importance in
analysing the real-world data.
4. Understand the Conceptual, Logical, and Physical design of Data Warehouses OLAP applications and OLAP
deployment
5. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
6. Understand Preliminary analysis of the data set using traditional query tools

UNIT I Data warehousing

Meaning and Significance – Differences between operational database systems and data Ware House
Data Warehouse Architecture: System Process – Process architecture– Design – Database scheme –
Partitioning strategy – Aggregations – Data mart – Meta data – Systems and data Warehouse process
managers
Data Modeling- Dimension Table characteristics; Fact-Less-Facts, Dimension Table characteristics;
OLAP cube, OLAP Operations, OLAP Server Architecture-ROLAP, MOLAP and HOLAP.

UNIT II Hardware and Operational design of data warehouses and Classification

Hardware and Operational design of data warehouses – Hardware architecture – Physical layout –
Security – Backup and Recovery – Service level agreement – Operating the data warehouse.
Classification: Problem definition, General Approaches to solving a classification problem,Evaluation
of Classifiers, Classification techniques

UNIT III Data warehouse Planning and Association Rules

Tuning and Testing – Capacity planning – Testing the data warehouses – Data warehouse features.
Association Rules: Problem Definition, Frequent Item Set Generation, The APRIORI Principle, Support
and Confidence Measures, Association Rule Generation, APRIORI Algorithm.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 119
 UNIT IV Data Mining
Introduction – Information and production factor – Data mining Vs Query tools – Data mining in
marketing – Self learning computer systems – concept learning- Data Mining Tasks, Data Preprocessing-
Data Cleaning, Missing Data, Dimensionality Reduction, Feature Subset Selection, Discretization and
Binaryzation , Data Transformation; Measures of similarity and dissimilarity-Basics.

UNIT V Knowledge Discovery Process and Clustering

Data selection – Cleaning – Enrichment – Coding – Preliminary analysis of the data set using traditional
query tools – Visualization techniques – OLAP tools – Decision trees – Association rules – Neural
networks –Genetic Algorithms KDD (Knowledge discover in Database) environment.
Clustering: Problem Definition, Clustering overview, Evaluation of clustering algorithms, Partitioning
clustering K-Means Algorithm, K-Means Additional Issues, PAM Algorithm, Hierarchical Clustering.

SUGGESTED READINGS :
1. Alex Berson, Stephen Smith (2017), Data Warehousing, Data Mining, & OLAP, McGraw Hill
Education, New Delhi
2. Daniel T. Larose, Chantal D. Larose (2016), Data Mining and Predictive Analytics, 2nd edition,
Wiley, New Delhi.
3. Daniel T. Larose, Chantal D. Larose (2015), Discovering Knowledge in Data: An Introduction to
Data Mining, 2nd edition, Wiley, New Delhi.
4. Mehmed Kantardzic (2017), Data Mining: Concepts, Models, Methods and Algorithms, 2nd edition,
Wiley, New Delhi.
5. Gordon S. Linoff , Michael J.A. Berry (2012), Data Mining Techniques: For Marketing, Sales and
Customer Relationship Management, 3rd edition, Wiley, New Delhi.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 120
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPE303A MANAGING STARTUPS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To inculcate among students, entrepreneurial competencies including self-confidence, goal setting, planning, resource
mobilization, and planned risk-taking.
 To provide intensive personal counseling to develop a competent entrepreneur and a successful family business leader of
tomorrow.
 To increase the problem-solving, conceptual, and decision-making skills of practicing managers.
 To provide a learning environment for men and women to pursue careers in different fields of management or become
academicians and researchers.
 To promote the development of leadership skills among students by stimulating them to organize and manage various
programs such as inter-institute competitions and seminars.
 To provide exposure to real-life work experiences and hands-on practice in collaboration with the industry.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Become successful entrepreneurs and those with existing family businesses will be able to adopt better family business
practices.
2. Describe and relate to current conceptual and theoretical models, issues, and concerns in business management.
3. Analyse organizational and business situations with an open mind and formulate innovative solutions to problems.
4. Examine and evaluate business practices across the globe to determine the best practices for application to their businesses.
5. Appreciate the importance of ethical values and work as team players
6. Acquire leadership skills and become productive managerial leaders.

Unit I:
The evolution of the concept of entrepreneurship and Start Ups. Recent Trends in Entrepreneurship, Factors affecting
Entrepreneurial Growth. Opportunity Recognition, Types of startups, New and Emerging Startup areas, Startups in Indian
Scenario. Green Startups.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 121
Unit II:
Ideation, Stimulating Creativity; Organizational actions that enhance/hinder creativity, Managerial responsibilities;
Sources of Innovation in Business; Managing Organizations for Innovation and Positive Creativity, Team Formation.

Unit III:
Venture Introduction, Venture Capital Financing Concept and Features, Need–
Relevance and Development of Venture Capital Funds. Digital Marketing; Research for Marketing Decisions; Brand
Management; Entrepreneurship in Action; Personal Values, Goals and Career Options; Strategic Thinking and Decision
Making.

Unit IV:
The Venture Capital pitch - Strategies, delivery, How to Pitch your ideas, Pitching Platforms,
Linguistic skills, Minimum Viable Plan: Concept and design. MVP Planning, Financial & Human Resources, The Business
Model and Business Model Innovation, design techniques, Uses and advantages, Business Plan Preparations: Feasibility
study and writing a business plan. Contents of a business plan.

Unit V:
Intellectual Property Protection- Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights – Importance for startups, Legal acts governing
business in India; International entrepreneurship- opportunities and challenges. Role of Accelerators and Incubators in
nurturing and guiding Startups.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Introduction to Project Finance-Machiraju, H.R., Vikas Publishing House
2. Project Preparation Appraisal Budgeting and Implementation, Prasanna Chandra,Tata McGraw.
3. Entrepreneurship: Successfully Launching New Ventures- Barringer, B. R., and Ireland, R. D., Pearson Education,
India
4. Innovation and entrepreneurship: Practice and principles- Drucker, P. F., Elsevier
5. Corporate creativity- Khandwalla, Tata Mc. Graw Hill.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 122
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPE303B SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the social entrepreneurship, scanning opportunity for social entrepreneurship, business models,
social innovation and apply learning lifelong.
 To analyse the real cases of social entrepreneurship and understand the dynamics of social entrepreneurship.
 To design strategies for successful implementation of ideas
 To Understand the systematic process to select and screen a business idea
 To Assessing and prioritizing opportunities for Social Entrepreneurs and Social Innovation
 To understand the value of Government initiative to support social entrepreneurship

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the social entrepreneurship, scanning opportunity for social entrepreneurship, business models, social
innovation and apply learning lifelong.
2. Analyse the real cases of social entrepreneurship and understand the dynamics of social entrepreneurship.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
4. Generate innovative ideas and find ways to apply these ideas to solve issues and problems in different industries
and settings.
5. Analyze the role of government in business
6. Maintain ethical standards in individual and business life

UNIT I Social Entrepreneurship

Social entrepreneur – factors impacting transformation into social entrepreneur -traits/characteristics of social
entrepreneurship-- The four distinctions of social entrepreneurship, roles and responsibilities of social entrepreneurs
towards society, challenges faced by social entrepreneurship Social entrepreneurship in India, Government initiative to
support social entrepreneurship.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 123
UNIT II Opportunities For Social Entrepreneurs and Social Innovation
Methods of sensing opportunities and fields of opportunities - Assessing and prioritizing opportunities - Enterprise
launching and its procedures – start-ups – incubation

Social Innovation, Design Thinking and system thinking for social innovation.
Social Entrepreneurship and the challenges of scale : What does ‘going to scale’ mean? How is it done? How much ‘scale’
is enough? How do you know? What are some key challenges for businesses trying to go to scale? For social enterprises?
What are some methods for taking a social enterprise to scale?
What role can major corporations, like multinationals, play in taking social enterprises to scale?

UNIT III: Form of organization, Newer business models - Social Entrepreneurs

Profit and non-profit Proprietorships – partnership - company -Non-Governmental organisation - Society – Trust and
Company (sec. 25) registration - Factors determining selection of forms of registration . Business model : Types - The
market intermediary model, The employment model, The fee-for-service -model, The low-income client model, The
cooperative model, The market linkage model, The service subsidization model, The organization support model

UNIT IV : Funding Social Entrepreneurship - Capital/Funding/Financing

What is a social impact investor? How do they differ from venture philanthropists and how are both different from
traditional venture capital and market investors? What kinds of investments do social impact investors make?
Approximately how much money is available to invest though social impact investment pooled funds worldwide? Where
do most social enterprises get financing for start-up, establishment, growth and expansion? How do they measure ROI?
Do they provide an exit strategy for investors? What pressures are/may be impacting the investment market that may make
getting funding for a socially responsible company easier than for one that is not?

UNIT V: Successful Social Entrepreneurship Initiatives

Study of successful models like Grameen Bank – Aravind Eye Care System’s – LEDeG – TERI – PasumaiPayanam,
Siruthuli – SEWA – Amul – Evidence from OASiS, Case Study on SELCO, case study on Annapurna – Goonj

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Bornstein , Davis (2016), Social Entrepreneurship (What Everyone Needs To Know®), Oxford University Press,
New Delhi.
2. Rama Krishna Reddy Kummitha(2016), Social Entrepreneurship: Working towards Greater Inclusiveness, 1st
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 124
 edition, SAGE Publications India Private Limited, New Delhi.
3. David Bornstein (2007),How to Change the World: Social Entrepreneurs and the Power of New Ideas, 2nd edition,
OUP, USA.
4. Peter C. Brinckerhoff (2000), Social Entrepreneurship: The Art of Mission–Based Venture Development (Wiley
Nonprofit Law, Finance and Management Series), 1st edition, John Wiley & Sons Sally Osberg, Arianna Huffington
Roger L. Martin (2015), Getting Beyond Better: How Social Entrepreneurship Works, Harvard Business School
Publishing
5. Dr Christine A. Hemingway (2014), Corporate Social Entrepreneurship: Integrity Within (Business, Value Creation,
and Society), Cambridge University Press.
6. Jason Haber(2016), The Business of Good: Social Entrepreneurship and the New Bottom Line, Entrepreneur Press
7. Muhammad Yunus (2011),Building Social Business, Perseus Books Group
8. Takashi Iba, Eri Shimomukai , Sumire Nakamura (2015), Change Making Patterns: A Pattern Language for Fostering
Social Entrepreneurship, Lulu.com

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 125
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPE303C VENTURE CAPITAL AND PRIVATE EQUITY 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the venture capital, private equity, structure, regulatory aspects of VC/PE investments, Valuation
models, strategies, exit strategies for P/E.and apply learning lifelong.
 To evaluate and select the best alternative applying the valuation models.
 To know Structure and Regulatory aspects of VC/PE investments
 To understand the Procedure and Challenges involved in Strategies of Private Equity
 To evaluate the performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making
 To analyse the Past Performance and Strategy

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the venture capital, private equity, structure, regulatory aspects of VC/PE investments, Valuation
models, strategies, exit strategies for P/E.and apply learning lifelong.
2. Evaluate and select the best alternative applying the valuation models.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, problem-solving, planning and team work.
4. Understand Strategies of Private Equity
5. Gain knowledge in Valuation approaches
6. Evaluate Exit strategies for Private Equity

UNIT I Conceptual understanding of Venture Capital and Private Equity

Venture Capital –Over View of Venture Capital- Definition- Features- Types – Roles, Concept of PE and its
characteristics- Definition- Difference between PE,VC and Hedge Funds- Nature of PE Firm- Players in the PE market–
Benefit of PE Finance, PE Fund –- Private Equity Investments and Financing- Private Equity Multiples and Prices-

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 126
 Private Equity Funds and Private Equity Firms- Investment Feature and Consideration

UNIT II Structure and Regulatory aspects of VC/PE investments

Structure and Regulation of Venture Capital and Private Equity- Business Cycle of PE –Structure of VC/PE firms-
Limited Liability Partnerships- Routes of VC/PE investments in India- Legal structure and terms - Regulatory Aspects
of VC/PE investments

UNIT III Valuation

Valuation approaches- Risk and Returns- Analysis of Funds- Conventional Method- Revenue Multiplier Method

UNIT IV Strategies of Private Equity

Leverage Buyout - Growth Capital- Mezzanine Capital- Distressed Debt-other Strategies
Due Diligence- Procedure and Challenges- Due Diligence in Emerging PE Market-Investing in Developing Market-
Past Performance and Strategy

UNIT V Exit strategies for Private Equity

Modes of exits in Indian Context and Challenges involved- IPO- Promoter Buyback
Sale to Other PE funds - Sale to other strategic Investors - Stake Swap- M& A’s - Open Market- Secondary Market

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Claudia Zeisberger , Michael Prahl, Bowen White (2017), Mastering Private Equity: Transformation via Venture
Capital, Minority Investments and Buyouts, 1st edition, John Wiley & Sons
2. Josh Lerner, FeldaHardymon, Ann Leamon (2004), Venture Capital and Private Equity: A Casebook, 3rd
edition, John Wiley & Sons
3. Cyril Demaria (2016), Introduction to Private Equity, 2ed: Venture, Growth, LBO & Turn-Around Capital, 2nd
edition, John Wiley & Sons
4. Nicole Gravagna, Peter K. Adams (2013), Venture Capital For Dummies (For Dummies Series), 1st edition, John
Wiley & Sons
5. Darek Klonowski (2010), The Venture Capital Investment Process, Palgrave Macmillan
6. Douglas J. Cumming , Sofia A. Johan(2009),Venture Capital and Private Equity Contracting: An International
Perspective, Academic Press
7. Joseph W. Bartlett(1999), Fundamentals of Venture Capital, Madison Books
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 127
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPE303D INNOVATION MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the concept of innovation and creativity and apply the learning lifelong.
 To comprehend and apply the techniques for generating ideas creatively and applying the same.
 To focuses on different matters of importance related to Technology and Innovation Management.
 To understanding the Divergent Thinking and Generation of Creative Ideas
 To develop tools that prepare the mind for creative thought
 To design Creative Society and Organization

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of innovation and creativity and apply the learning lifelong.
2. Comprehend and apply the techniques for generating ideas creatively and applying the same.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work
4. Gain knowledge on business concepts and innovation of new products
5. Understand Brainstorming, Lateral thinking andSynectics
6. Gain knowledge Designing Creative Society and Organization-Creativity Training

UNIT I Concept of Innovation

Need for innovation – Ways to innovate – Innovation opportunities Corporate Innovation Process-Integrated Strategic
Planning for Innovation

UNIT II What is Creativity

Individual and Group Creativity – Convergent Thinking – Divergent Thinking and Generation of Creative Ideas -
Thinking Hats Methods

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 128
UNITIII Intuition
Logical thinking-Heuristics and models-Tools that prepare the mind for creative thought – Levels of model of innovation
– Model of innovation - Industrial design.

UNITIV Idea generating techniques

Brainstorming – Lateral thinking - Synectics-Nominal groups. Quality Circles-Suggestion systems-Attribute listing-
Redefinition technique-Randomstimulus-Thinking Hats-Idea sensitive area-Ishikawa diagram-Principles behind
techniques.

UNITV Developing and applying creativity

Designing Creative Society and Organization-Creativity Training-Applications: Process redesign-Reengineering-
Creative bench marking.

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. C.K. Prahalad, M.S. Krishnan(2008), The New Age of Innovation: Driving Cocreated Value Through Global
Networks, 1st edition, McGraw Hill
2. Margaret White, Garry D. Bruton(2016), The Management of Technology & Innovation, 3rd edition, Cengage
Learning
3. Paul E. Plsek (2000), Creativity Innovation and Quality, Prentice Hall
4. ShlomoMaitalandD.V.Seshadri (2012), Innovation Management: Strategies, Concepts and Tools for Growth and
Profit, 2nd edition, Sage Texts.
5. Peter F. Drucker(2006), Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Harper Business.
6. Judy Estrin(2008), Closing the Innovation Gap: Reigniting the Spark of Creativity in a Global Economy,
McGraw-Hill.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 129
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPE303E FAMILY BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the concept family business, managing family business and formulation of succession planning.
 To comprehend on the importance of family culture and its uniqueness in fostering generation entrepreneurship.
 To understand effective governance of the shareholder and firm relationship
 To understand the pitfalls to avoid in estate and ownership transfer planning
 To know the lifecycle stages influencing family business strategy
 To Measure the performance of family firms

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept family business, managing family business and formulation of succession planning.
2. Comprehend on the importance of family culture and its uniqueness in fostering generation entrepreneurship.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work
4. Gain knowledge in Measuring performance of family firms
5. Understand Strategic Planning and the family business
6. Gain knowledge in intergenerational growth in entrepreneurial families

UNIT I Theories on Family Business

Nature, Importance and Uniqueness of Family Business – Systems Theory Perspective – Agency Theory Perspective –
Strategic Perspective: Competitive Advantage (Resource Based View) – The Stewardship Perspective.
UNIT II Family Culture
Family Culture – Zero sum dynamics and family culture – Family systems perspective – role Family Genograms – Family
Emotional Intelligence – ECI-U Model – Family Business interaction factor – benefits of family meetings – unity and
continuity – family employment policy – Conflict management.
UNIT III Ownership in Family Business
Enterprise ownership – shareholder priorities - effective governance of the shareholder– firm relationship – Role of Board
- role of shareholder meetings, family meetings, and meetings of the family council – Ownership structure – Family
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 130
business consultants and non-family managers – Board’s role in adaptation over the generations.
UNIT IV Succession Planning
Succession planning – profile of successful successors - rewards and challenges for latter-generation family members –
desirable next-generation attributes – crafting the next generation career plan – Vision plan – sibling and cousin teams –
Handling disagreements – CEO exit styles and transfer of power – role types of the CEO spouse and the transfer of power
- Estate Planning – Trust – pitfalls to avoid in estate and ownership transfer planning - Measuring performance of family
firms
UNIT V Strategic Planning and The Family Business
Strategic Planning and the family business – Zero-sum family dynamic – Sources of Value creation - the lifecycle stages
influencing family business strategy - Culture – Changing the culture – Three states of evolution – OD approach to change
– Business Rejuvenation matrix – Intrapreneurship: intergenerational growth in entrepreneurial families – continuing the
spirit of enterprise: lessons from successful family businesses
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Poza. Ernesto J (2015), Family Business, 4th edition, Cengage Learning.
2. Peter Leach(2007), Family Businesses: The Essentials, Profile Books
3. Girish Kuber, Vikrant Pande(2019), The Tatas: How a Family Built a Business and a Nation, 1st edition,
HarperBusiness
4. Craig E. Aronoff PhD, John L. Ward PhD(2011), Family Business Governance: Maximizing Family and
Business Potential, Palgrave Macmillan
5. Craig E. Aronoff PhD , Joseph H. Astrachan PhD, John L. Ward PhD(2010), Developing Family Business
Policies: Your Guide to the Future, Palgrave Macmillan

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 131
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPL303A PRINCIPLES OF LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the performances of each individual driver are monitored.
 An understanding of the primary differences between logistics and supply chain management
 An understanding of the individual processes of supply chain management and their interrelationships within
individual companies and across the supply chain
 An understanding of the management components of supply chain management
 An understanding of the tools and techniques useful in implementing supply chain management
 Knowledge about the professional opportunities in supply chain management.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Learn about the planning of logistics and supply chain management.
2. Evaluate performance of logistics.
3. Organize the implementation of lean logistics.
4. Design the mapping for supply chain management.
5. Evaluate the performance of supply chain management.
6. Measure performance of supply chain management.

UNIT I
Principles and strategies of Logistics and supply chain management, Logistics and supply chain operations planning,
Approaches to develop metrics-Logistics management and Supply Chain management - Definition, Evolution, Importance.
The concepts of logistics and Supply Chain Management
UNIT II
Basics of Transportation, Transportation Functionality and Principles; Multimodal Transport: Modal Characteristics;
Modal Comparisons; International Air Cargo Transport; Coastal and Ocean transportation, Characteristics of shipping
transport- Types of Ships. Logistical and supply chain measurement, Measurements in integration context

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 132
UNIT III
Packing and Packaging: Meaning, Functions and Essentials of Packing and Packaging, Packing for Storage- Overseas
Shipment- Inland-Transportation- Product content Protection, Packaging
Types: Primary, Secondary and Tertiary- Requirements of Consumer Packaging, Channel Member Packaging and
Transport Packaging - Shrink packaging –Identification codes, bar codes, and electronic data interchange (EDI)- Universal
Product Code- GS1 Standards-package labels-Symbols used on packages and labels.
UNIT IV
Logistics / supply chain control, Characteristics of an ideal measurement system Mapping for supply chain management,
Lean thinking and supply chain management
UNIT V
Special Aspects of Export logistics: Picking, Packing, Vessel Booking [Less-than Container Load(LCL) / Full Container
Load (FCL)], Customs, Documentation, Shipment, Delivery to distribution centers, distributors and lastly the retail outlets
- Import Logistics: Documents Collection – Valuing - Bonded Warehousing - Customs Formalities - Clearing, Distribution
to Units - Measurement of supply chain performance.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Bowersox &Closs, Logistical Management, McGraw-Hill Ccompanies, 2017.
2. Martin Christopher, Logistics& Supply chain management,2016.
3. Burt, Dobbler, Starling, World Class Supply Management, TMH.
4. Donald J Bowersox, David J Closs, Logistical Management, TMH
5. Pierre David, “International Logistics”, Biztantra.
6. Sunil Chopra, Peter Meindl, Supply Chain Management ,Pearson Education, India.
7. Mohanty, Essentials of Supply Chain Management, Jaico 2018.Publishing House, 2018

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 133
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPL303B EXPORT AND IMPORT MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 The program gives a foundation to participants who seek a career in International markets.
 To focus on International trade barriers and risk management.
 Understand the Export & import Management.
 Understand the documentation involved in export and import management.
 To familiarize students with the process of international customs clearance operations.
 To form a base of policy framework in International Business with special emphasis on Indian Customs.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Programs will help to understand concept of foreign exchange.
2. Students would be aware of the documentation procedures for Export Import.
3. Students would have appreciation of the role of export/import process in the globalised world market.
4. Students would have a broad overview of the export-import process and its related literature and research streams.
5. Student shall also develop network thinking in regards to export.
6. To understand the effective and efficient management of exports/imports.

Unit-I
Export & Import – Introduction, Definitions - Evolution of Export & Import.ForeignTrade—
InstitutionalFrameworkandBasics.Multinational Organizations & Structure, International Business Scenario
Unit-II
Export-Import—Documentation and Steps, Export–Import Strategies and Practice, Export Marketing, Business Risk
Management and Coverage, Export Incentive Schemes
Unit - III
Logistics and Characteristics of Modes of Transportation, Characteristics of Shipping Industry, World Shipping,
Containerization and Leasing Practices

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 134
Unit-IV
Export Procedures and Documents, Customs Clearance of Import and Export Cargo, Methods and Instruments of Payment
and Pricing Inco terms, Methods of Financing Exporters
Unit-V
Information Technology and International Business, Export & Import with European continent, Africa, Middle East
Countries, Asean Countries, Australia and New Zealand, China and Japan.

SUGGESTED BOOKS
1. Justin Paul & Rajiv Aserkar(2010). Export Import Management : Oxford University Press
2. Rama Gopal C.(2007). Export Import Procedures - Documentation And Logistics :New Age International
3. UshaKiranRai.(2007) Export-Import and Logistics Management : PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 135
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPL303C RAIL, ROAD, AIR AND CARGO LOGISTICS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 The program gives a foundation to participants who seek a career in International markets.
 To focus on International trade barriers and risk management.
 Understand the Export & import Management.
 Understand the documentation involved in export and import management.
 To familiarize students with the process of international customs clearance operations.
 To form a base of policy framework in International Business with special emphasis on Indian Customs.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Analytical Understanding of Various Modes of Transportations
2. Knowledge of Air Cargo Management
3. Analytical Understanding of Processes at Air Cargo operations
4. Competency for Shipment Planning
5. Knowledge of Air Freight and Shipments
7. Gain an overview about the aspects of air cargo operations

UNIT 1
Transportation and logic: significance of transportation logistics: utility created by transportation in logistics transportation
as a means of conquering time and space features of inbound, outbound, local and medium, long and continental
transportation features of logistics Transportation.
UNIT 2
Railway and Logistics Contours: Features and facilities offered by Railways Factors influencing growth in Rail Logistics-
Suitability for different Cargo and distance Ranges segments – Innovative.
UNIT 3
Roadways and Logistics Contours: Roadways as a primary mode and complementary mode of transportation in Logistics
– Features, Facilities and suitability- Innovations in road ways to make it Logistics-friendly- Factors influencing choice-
Factors influencing growth in Road Logistics- Suitability for different Cargo and distance Ranges segments –Innovative

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 136
schemes/facilities to popularize rail logistics in India- Share of Railways in Cargo movement in India and world-wide.
Role of National Highways and the Toll highways- Outsourcing Fleets from others-Technology, Cost, Speed, Security and
Dynamics- Competition with other Modes.
UNIT 4
Air Transportation in logistics : Significance of air transportation in logistics: utility created by air transportation in
logistics-Air transportation as a means of conquering time and space features and facilities offered by air cargo ways factors
influencing growth in air logistics air suitability for different cargo- Innovative schemes facilities to popularize air cargo
logistics in India –share cargo movement in India and worldwide Conventions covering the movement of dangerous goods
by air.
UNIT 5
Coordination among different segments: Concept, needs and areas of coordination among different modes coordination
among supply chain Partners- energy product prices and logistics environments and logistics problem and prospects in
interstate logistics by road -role of Trucker’s bodies in road rail air cargo movement. Unit 6 Dynamic Component for
Continuous Internal Assessment only: Contemporary Developments to the course during the semester concerned.
SUGGESTED BOOKS
1. Chi Chu, C. Leung, Van Hui & Cheung. (2004). 4th Party Cyber Logistics for Air Cargo: Springer US.
2. Coyle, Bardi & Novack Transportation. (2010). A Supply Chain Perspective: South-Western College.
3. MB. Stroh. (2006). A Practical Guide to Transportation and Logistics: Logistics Network Inc.
4. MOSWest. (2005). Transportation and Cargo Security: Prentice Hall.
5. Ritter, Barrett and Wilson, (2006). Securing Global Transportation Networks: McGraw Hill.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 137
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPL303D PROCUREMENT, STORAGE AND WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To provide advance understanding about the Procurement Management and Sourcing
 To help the students understand the processes in Effective Procurements & Sourcing.
 It provides guidance on using the latest technology, reducing inventory, people Management, location and design
and manage uncertainty risks of customer markets
 To define the right structure of the supply network and inventory control and warehouse Management system
 To understand the basic concepts and various functions of Warehouse.
 To impart knowledge on various types of warehouses and their advantages.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understanding the importance and components of Procurements for SCM.
2. Application of Processes of Procurements for Effective SCM and Logistics
3. Recognize the principles of warehouse or stores location and layout whilst applying proper stock flow, rotation and
recording.
4. Appreciate the role of procurement plays in an organization
5. The student would be able to understand the various functions of Warehouse and also about its various types and
their advantages.
6. The student would be able to measure the metrics of warehouse operations.

UNIT-1
Procurement- Definition-Types of Procurement-Benefits and Risk of Outsourcing, E-Procurement, Framework of E-
Procurement. Objectives of Procurement System, Principles of Procurement, History of procurement function: from
administrative to strategic, value added role, Procurement Cycle, Procurement Planning
UNIT- II
Framework of Procurement Management (8 Hours) Introduction to Sourcing, Sourcing v/s Procurement, Purchasing:
Purchasing Cycle, 8 R’s of Purchasing, Role of a Purchasing Manager, Risks associated with purchasing process and its
mitigation, Placing Orders, Budgets and Expense Allocation, Establishing Concept and applications of Make or Buy

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 138
Decision, Types and Methods of Sourcing in Retail, Centralized vs Decentralized Approaches, Single Sourcing vs Multiple
Sourcing, Day-to-Day vs Long Term Sourcing.
UNIT-III
Storage Management system – Storage Inventory Management –Functions of storage & Inventory - Classification of
Inventory- Methods of Controlling Stock Levels- Always Better Control (ABC) Inventory system- Warehouse
Management Systems (WMS) - choosing a WMS-the process implementation-cloud computing- Warehouse layout-Data
collection-space calculation-aisle width- finding additional space.
UNIT-IV
Storage and Warehousing Information system -Storage Equipment: storage option - shuttle technology - very high bay
warehouse -warehouse handling equipment - vertical and horizontal movement -Automated Storage/ Retrieval System
(AS/RS)-specialized equipment-Technical advancements- Resourcing a warehouse- warehouse costs-Types of cost -
Return on Investment (ROI) - Charging for shared-user warehouse service - Logistics charging methods Warehousing
UNIT - V
Warehouse Types: Own Warehouses- Hired Warehouses- Private Warehouses- Public Warehouses- Government
Warehouses- Bonded Warehouses- Co-operative Warehouses- Distribution Warehouses- Fulfillment/ Consolidation
Warehouses Providing Value Added Services- Cross Docking and Trans-loading Warehouses- Break Bulk Warehouses-
Storage Warehouses- Refrigerated Warehouses Characteristics of ideal warehouses- Warehouse Layout- Principles and
Facilities Types.
SUGGESTED BOOKS
1. Parasram.(2010). In Coterms Exports Coartind and Pricing with Practical Guide to in Co-Terms, (1st ed.): Jain
Book, (6th ed.)
2. Gwynne Richards (2014) Warehouse Management: A Complete Guide to Improve Efficiency and Minimizing Cost
in the Modern Warehouse. The Chartered Institute of Logistics and Transport, Kegan page limited. World-Class
Warehousing and Material Handling. (International ed.), McGraw-Hill.
3. Muller, M. (2011). Essentials of Inventory Management. (2nd ed.), American Management Association.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 139
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPL303E PORT AND AIRPORT MANAGEMENT FOR LOGISTICS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To learn Port structure, functions and operations.
 To understand the Airport management for logistics.
 The course analyses how ports are organized, managed and planned, and how ports interface with the logistics
chain.
 The course provides knowledge and analysis of the principles and evolution of container terminal management,
port indicators and supply chain management
 To ensure a thorough knowledge and understanding of port and terminal management.
 To develop relevant communication skills.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Students gain the knowledge of Port and Airport Management for Logistics.
2. Identify the interface of ports with logistics and the position of ports in the supply chain.
3. Analyze port performance and relevant quality management systems.
4. Analyze port charges and port competition related issues.
5. Integrate port planning and development policies.
6. Measuring and evaluating performance of cargo safety and logistics operations

UNIT I
Port Structure and Functions: Definition - Types and Layout of the Ports –Organizational structure-Fundamental
observations. Main functions and features of ports: Infrastructure and connectivity Administrative functions- Operational
functions. Main services: Services and facilities for ships -Administrative formalities - Cargo transfer - Services and
facilities for cargo - Additional “added value” service- Ports and their stakeholders like PHO, Immigration, Ship agents,
Stevedores, CHA.
UNIT II
Port Operations: Berths and Terminals - Berth Facilities and Equipment-ship Operation – Pre shipment planning, the
stowage plan and on-board stowage - cargo positioning and stowage on the terminal – Developments in cargo/container

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 140
handling and terminal operation - Safety of cargo operations - Cargo security: Measuring and evaluating performance and
productivity.

UNIT III
Port Development: Phases of port development - Growth in word trade - Changes in growth Development in terminal
operation. Shipping technology and port: Ship knowledge Ship development and port development - Port time and ship
speed - Other technical development
Affecting port.
UNIT IV
Port Administration Ownership and Management Port ownership structure- Types of port ownership and administration –
Organizations concerning ports - Boards governing the ports - Port management development Rise and fall of Ports -
information technology in ports. Port ownership in Indian context: Acts governing the Ports in India – Port ownership
structure in India. Port reform: Framework for port reform - Evolution of ports in a competitive world Alternative Port
Management Structure and Ownership Models.
UNIT V
Air Transport: Introduction to Air Transport – Air Freight – IATA – Cargo Handling at Goods at Air Port – Information
Management of Air Cargo – System and Modules – Distribution of Goods.
SUGGESTED BOOKS
1. Patrick M.Alderton. 2008, Port Management and Operations. Information Law Category, U.K.
2. World Bank. 2007, Port Reform Tool Kit. World Bank, Washington.
3. Maria G.Burns. 2014., Port Management and Operations. CRS Press, U.K.
4. Alan E.Branch. 2008, Elements of Shipping. Chapman and Hall, Fairplay Publications, U.K.
5. De Monie. 1989., Measuring and Evaluating Port Performance and Productivity, Unctad, New York.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 141
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPT303A TOURISM PRINCIPLES, POLICIES AND PRACTICES 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students

 To realize the potential of tourism industry in India;

 To understand the various elements of Tourism Management;
 To familiarize with the Tourism policies in the national and international context.
 To apply the knowledge of tourism principles, policies and practices lifelong.
 To analyse the present trends in Domestic and Global tourism
 To understand the Code of conduct for safe and Sustainable Tourism for India.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Comprehend on the potential of tourism industry in India;
2. Understand the various elements of Tourism Management;
3. Familiarize with the Tourism policies in the national and international context.
4. Apply the knowledge of tourism principles, policies and practices lifelong.
5. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
6. Understand Overview of Five Year Plans

UNIT- I Tourism; an overview:

Elements, Nature and Characteristics - Typology of Tourism – Classification of Tourists - Tourism network -
Interdisciplinary approaches to tourism - Historical Development of Tourism - Major motivations and deterrents to travel.
UNIT-II Tourism Industry;
Structure and Components: Attractions – Accommodation – Activities – Transportation - F&B – Shopping - Entertainment
- Infrastructure and Hospitality – Emerging areas of tourism - Rural, Eco, Medical, MICE, Literary, Indigenous, Wellness,
Film, Golf, etc., – Ideals of Responsible Tourism - Alternate Tourism - Case Studies on International Tourism.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 142
UNIT-III Tourism Impacts
Tourism Area Life Cycle (TALC) - Doxey’s Index - Demonstration Effect – Push and Pull Theory - Tourism System -
Mathieson and Wall Model & Leiper’s Model - Stanley Plog’s Model of Destination Preferences - Demand and Supply in
tourism - Tourism regulations - Present trends in Domestic and Global tourism – MNC’s in Tourism Industry.
UNIT-IV Tourism Organizations:
Role and Functions of World Tourism Organization (WTO), Pacific Asia Travel Association(PATA) , World Tourism
&Travel Council (WTTC) - Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India, ITDC, Department of Tourism, FHRAI, IHA, IATA,
TAAI, IATO.
UNIT-V Overview of Five Year Plans
Overview of Five Year Plans with special reference to Eleventh Five Year Plan for Tourism Development and Promotion,
National Action Plan, National Tourism Policy - Code of conduct for safe and Sustainable Tourism for India.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Charles R. Goeldner& Brent Ritchie, J.R. (2016), Tourism, Principles, Practices, Philosophies, 12th edition, John Wiley
and Sons.
2. SunetraRoday, Archana Biwal, Vandana Joshi(2009), Tourism: Operations and Management, Oxford University Press
3. Sampad Kumar Swain, Jitendra Mohan Mishra (2011), Tourism: Principles and Practices, Oxford University Press
4. Pran Nath Seth & Sushma Seth Bhat (2012), An Introduction to Travel and Tourism, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi.
5. Venu Vasudevan, Vijayakumar B., Saroop Roy B.R.(2017), An Introduction to the Business of Tourism, 1st edition,
Sage Publications India Private Limited

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 143
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPT303B TOURISM PRODUCTS OF INDIA 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the vast Tourist resources of India;
 To conceptualize a tour itinerary based on variety of themes
 To identify and understand the features of emerging tourist destinations all over the world
 To apply the knowledge of tourism resources, importance of tourist destination lifelong.
 To understand the Emerging Manmade resources in tourism
 To know the Major tourism circuits of India

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the vast Tourist resources of India;
2. Conceptualize a tour itinerary based on variety of themes
3. Identify and understand the features of emerging tourist destinations all over the world
4. Apply the knowledge of tourism resources, importance of tourist destination lifelong.
5. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
6. Understand Emerging Tourism Destinations of India

UNIT - I Tourism products:

Definition, Types and unique features - Tourism resources of India - Natural, Socio cultural, Diversities in Landform &
Landscape - Outstanding Geographical features - Climate, Flora & Fauna.
UNIT – II Natural resources:
Wildlife sanctuaries - National parks - Biosphere reserves - Mountain Tourist Resources and Hill stations – Islands –
Beaches - Caves & Deserts of India.
UNIT – III Major tourism circuits of India:

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 144
Inter State and Intra-State Circuits - Religious Circuits - Heritage Circuits - Wildlife Circuits. Cases of select destinations
- Kerala, Rajasthan & Goa.
UNIT – IVManmade resources:
Adventure sports - Commercial attractions - Amusement Parks – Gaming - Shopping - Live Entertainments -
Supplementary accommodation - House boats - Tree houses - Home stays - Tourism by rail - Palace on wheels - Deccan
Odyssey & Golden chariot.
UNIT - V Emerging Tourism Destinations of India:
Ecotourism - Rural Tourism - Golf Tourism - Wine Tourism - Camping Tourism - Medical Tourism - MICE Tourism -
Pilgrimage Tourism.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Robinet Jacob and Sindu Joseph (2008), Indian Tourism Products, 1st edition, Abhijeet Publications, Delhi.
2. S.P. Gupta and Lal Krishna (2002), Cultural Tourism in India : Museum of Monuments and Arts, 1st edition, D.K.
Print World Ltd, New Delhi.
3. Cheryl M. Hargrove(2017), Cultural Heritage Tourism: Five Steps for Success and Sustainability (American
Association for State & Local History), Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
4. Manhas P.S (2012), Sustainable and Responsible Tourism: Trends, Practices and Cases, Prentice Hall India
Learning Private Limited, New Delhi
5. P. C. Sinha (2002), Tourism Transport And Travel Management, Anmol Publisher

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 145
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAPT303C RECREATION MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the dynamics of recreation products and their significance for tourism industry;
 To familiarize with the theoretical and practical issues of recreation management;
 To comprehend on the marketing trends in recreation.
 To apply the understanding of recreation products, recreation management and marketing recreation lifelong
 To understand the Demand and Supply for Recreation and Tourism
 To know Tourism and recreation planning and policy

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the dynamics of recreation products and their significance for tourism industry;
2. Comprehend with the theoretical and practical issues of recreation management;
3. Understand the marketing trends in recreation.
4. Apply the understanding of recreation products, recreation management and marketing recreation lifelong
5. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
6. Gain knowledge in Environmental perspectives on coastal recreation and tourism

UNIT-I Recreation:
An overview - Range of Recreation Businesses: Recreation Vehicles, parks, adventure travel, winter sports, historic sites,
camping, resorts, motor coach operators, enthusiast groups, recreation product manufacturers - Development of the
geography of tourism and recreation - Recreation Theories - Recreation and leisure services.
UNIT-II Recreational Resources
the Demand and Supply for Recreation and Tourism - Recreational demand - Recreational and Tourist Motivation -
Barriers to Recreation - Gender and Social Constraints.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 146
UNIT-III Recreation Management:
Impact of recreation on tourism - Recreation Resource Management - Tourism and recreation planning and policy - Urban
and rural recreation - Relationships between leisure, recreation and tourism.
UNIT-IV Marketing of Recreation:
Marketing Recreation services and facilities- Customers of recreational products - Marketing plan- Marketing Mix for
recreation-Case studies.
UNIT- V Trends in the recreation industry
Tourism recreation and climate change - Tourists and recreational demand for wilderness, National Parks and natural areas
- Supply of the wilderness and outdoor recreation experience - Environmental perspectives on coastal recreation and
tourism.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. George Torkildsen and Peter Taylor (2010), Torkildsen's Sport and Leisure Management, 6th edition, Routledge
2. Jay Shivers , Joseph W. Halper(2011), Strategic Recreation Management, 1st edition, Routledge
3. George Torkildsen (2012), Leisure and Recreation Management, 4th Edition, Routledge
4. C. Michael Hall & Stephen J. Page (2014), The Geography of Tourism and Recreation Environment, Place and
Space,4th Edition, Routledge.
5. William C. Gartner & David W. Lime (2000), Trends in Outdoor, Recreation, Leisure and Tourism, 1st edition,
CABI.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 147
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPT303D TRAVEL AGENCY AND TOUR OPERATIONS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To know the current trends and practices in the tourism and travel trade sector
 To understand travel agency, tour operation business and functions of travel agency
 To know the tour packaging & pricing
 To assess the role and responsibility of travel trade associations
 To understand the Wholesale and Retail Travel Agency business
 To analyse the Changing Scenario of Travel Trade

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the current trends and practices in the tourism and travel trade sector
2. Be aware of travel agency, tour operation business and functions of travel agency
3. Know the tour packaging & pricing
4. Assess the role and responsibility of travel trade associations
5. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group
leadership, oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
6. Understand Classifications of Tour Packages

UNIT-I Travel Trade

Historical Perspectives - Emergence of Thomas Cook and American Express Company - Types of Tour Operators -
Wholesale and Retail Travel Agency business - Linkages and Integration with the Principal Service Providers - the
Changing Scenario of Travel Trade.
UNIT-II Travel Agency and Tour Operation Business
Functions of Travel Agency - Setting up a full-fledged Travel Agency - Sources of Income of a travel agency -
Diversification of Business - Travel Insurance, Forex, Cargo & MICE – Documentation - IATA Accreditation -
Recognition from Government.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 148
UNIT-III Itinerary Planning & Development
Meaning, Importance and Types of Itinerary - Resources and Steps for Itinerary Planning - Do’s and Dont’s of Itinerary
Preparation - Tour Formulation and Designing Process - FITs & Group Tour Planning and Components - Special Interest
Tours (SITs).
UNIT-IV Tour Packaging &Pricing
Importance of Tour Packaging – Classifications of Tour Packages - Components of Package Tours - Concept of costing -
Types of costs - Components of tour cost - Preparation of cost sheet - Tour pricing - Calculation of tour price - Pricing
strategies - Tour packages of Thomas Cook, SOTC, Cox & Kings and TCI.
UNIT-V Role and Responsibility of Travel Trade Associations:
Objectives - Roles and functions of UFTAA, PATA, ASTA, TAAI, IATO, ATAOI, ADTOI, IAAI, FIYTO, TAFI.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. J. Christopher Holloway and Ms Claire Humphreys (2016), The Business of Tourism, 10th edition, Pearson
Education.
2. Goeldner, R & Ritchie. B (2016), Tourism, Principles, Practices and Philosophies, 12thedition, John Wiley &
Sons.
3. Chand, M. (2007), Travel Agency Management: An Introductory Text, Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd.
4. Negi. J (2008), Travel Agency Operations: Concepts and Principles, Kanishka Publishers.
5. SunetraRoday, Archana Biwal, Vandana Joshi . (2009), Tourism Operations and Management, Oxford University
Press.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 149
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPT303E ECOTOURISM 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students

 To comprehend the theories and practices of ecotourism;

 To be familiar with the model of ecotourism projects; andsignificance of ecotourism;
 To identify issues and challenges of conservation of ecotourism
 To understand the role of the regulatory bodies and society to preserve ecotourism
 To gain knowledge in Sustainable Ecotourism and Resource Management
 To understand the Role of International Ecotourism Society

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Comprehend the theories and practices of ecotourism;
2. Familiar with the model of ecotourism projects; andsignificance of ecotourism;
3. Identify issues and challenges of conservation of ecotourism
4. Understand the role of the regulatory bodies and society to preserve ecotourism
5. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group
leadership, oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
6. Gain knowledge in Ecotourism Development Agencies

UNITI Fundamentals of Ecology

Basic Laws & ideas in Ecology- Function and Management of Ecosystem-Biodiversity and its Conservation-Pollution-
Ecological Foot Prints - Relationship between Tourism & Ecology.
UNITII Ecotourism
Evolution, Principles, Trends and Functions of Ecotourism - Mass Tourism Vs Ecotourism -Typology of Eco-tourists -
Ecotourism Activities & Impacts -Western Views of Ecotourism - Qubec Declaration 2002 - Kyoto Protocol 1997 - Oslo
Declaration 2007.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 150
UNITIII Ecotourism Development
Sustainable Ecotourism - Resource Management - Socioeconomic Development - Ecotourism Policies, Planning and
Implementation - Eco-friendly Facilities and Amenities - Carrying Capacity - Alternative Tourism -Responsible
ecotourism Ecotourism Programming.
UNITIV Conservation of Ecotourism
Protected Area Management through Ecotourism - Stakeholder Engagement - Community Participation - Types of
Participation, Issues and Challenges - Ecotourism Projects - Case Studies on Periyar National Park, Thenmala Eco Project,
Similipal Ecotourism Project, Sunderban Ecotourism Project, Kaziranga National Park, Run of Kutch, Nandadevi
Biosphere Reserve, Corbett National Park, Gulf of Mannar, Kruger National Park, South Africa.
UNITV Ecotourism Development Agencies
Role of the International Ecotourism Society - the UNWTO, UNDP, WWF - Department of Forest and Environment -
Government of India, ATREE, equations.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Fennel, D. A. (2014), Ecotourism –An Introduction, 3rd edition, Routledge Publication.
2. Ralf Buckley (2008), Environment Impacts of Ecotourism, CABI.
3. Weaver, D. (2001), the Encyclopedia of Ecotourism, CABI Publication.
4. Aluri Jacob Solomon Raju (2007), A Textbook of Ecotourism Ecorestoration and Sustainable Development, 1st
edition, New Central Book Agency
5. B. S. Badan H. Bhatt(2006), EcotourismCommonwealth Publishers
6. Ramesh Chawla (2006), Ecotourism and Development, SumitEnterprises.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 151
 MBA 2022-2023
Semester – III
22MBAPOE301 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 3H – 2C

Instruction Hours / week: L: 3 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 50 Total: 50

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the basic concepts of organizational behavior.
 To analyze the individual behavior traits required for performing as an individual or group.
 To obtain the perceiving skills to judge the situation and communicate the thoughts and ideas.
 To understand how to perform in group and team and how to manage the power, politics
andconflict.
 To recognize the importance of organizational culture and organizationalchange.
 To realise the importance of groups and teamwork and managing of conflict between the
members ofthe organization

COURSEOUTCOMES:
Learners should be ableto
1. Analyse organizational behavior issues in the context of the organizational behavior
theories and concepts.
2. Assess the behavior of the individuals and groups in organization and manage the stress.
3. Manage team, power, politics and conflict arising between the members.
4. Explain how organizational change and culture affect the working relationship within
organizations.
5. Understand and exhibit the communication skills to convey the thoughts and ideas of case
analysis to the individuals andgroup.
6. Understand the application of OB using appropriate concepts, logic and
thetoricalconventions

UNIT I Organization behaviour : Introduction

Organization Behavior: Meaning and definition - Fundamental concepts of OB - Contributing
disciplines to the OB field – OB Model - Significance of OB in the organization success - Challenges
and Opportunities for OB.
UNIT II Behaviour and Personality
Attitudes – Sources - Types - Functions of Attitudes. Values – Importance - Types of Values.
Personality – Determinants of personality- Theories of Personality - psycho-analytical, social
learning, job-fit, and trait theories.

UNIT III Perception

Perception – factors influencing perception - Person Perception – Attribution Theory – Frequently
Used Shortcuts in Judging Others- Perceptual Process- Perceptual Selectivity - Organization Errors

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 152
 of perception – Linkage between perception and Decision making.

UNIT IV Group and Stress Management

Foundation of Group Behavior - Types of Groups - Stages of Group Development - Group Norms -
Group Cohesiveness – Stress – Causes of stress – Effects of Occupational Stress- Coping Strategies
for Stress.

UNIT V Organization Culture and Change

Organizational culture- Characteristics of Culture- Types of Culture – Creating and Maintaining an
Organizational Culture. Organizational change – Meaning - Forces for Change - Factors in
Organizational Change - Resistance to change- Overcoming resistance to change.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Fred Luthans. (2017). Organizational Behavior: An Evidence - Based Approach, 12thedition,
Mcgraw Hill Education, NewDelhi.
2. Steven Mcshane and Mary Ann VonGlinow (2017), Organizational Behavior, 6th edition, McGraw
Hill Education, NewDelhi
3. Robbins, S. P., and Judge, T.A. (2016). Organizational Behaviour.(16thedition).New Delhi: Prentice
Hall of India.
4. Laurie J. Mullins (2016), Management and Organisationalbehaviour, 10thedition, Pearson
Education, NewDelhi
th
5. Robbins, S. P., and Judge, T.A. (2016). Essentials of Organizational Behavior.13 edition, Pearson
Education.
E- Resources:
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105033/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 153
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - III
22MBAP321 INTERNSHIP 0H - 2C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 0 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To identify an issue to be analysed and to be solved in a business setup or real time scenario using primary or secondary data
collection.
 To understand the application of Research process in all functional areas.
 To analyse the data and critically evaluate the result and formulate the suggestion for the problem identified.
 To apply the theoretical and practical learning of doing research into lifelong practice.
 To Communicate in oral and written form and prepare report
 To enhance students knowledge in international culture and negotiation, where employability is made easy.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Identify an issue to be analysed and to be solved in a business setup or real time scenario using primary or secondary data
collection.
2. Understand the application of Research process in all functional areas.
3. Analyse the data and critically evaluate the result and formulate the suggestion for the problem identified.
4. Apply the theoretical and practical learning of doing research into lifelong practice.
5. Communicate in oral and written form and prepare repor
6. Understand the concept of organizational study

Students shall undergo a minimum of 30 working days (6 weeks) internship during the summer. The
student has to select a manufacturing firm. Not more than one student should undergo an internship in
one firm. The student should maintain an internship diary and fill in the completed duties and get the
attestation from the reporting staff in the organization. The candidate shall bring the attendance
certificate and completion certificate from the firm where the internship work carried out. On completion
of the Internship work, he/she shall submit the report to the Head of the Department. The Internship
Report prepared according to approved guidelines and duly signed by the supervisor(s) shall be
submitted to HoD for Viva-Voce Exam.

Two reviews will be conducted by minimum three faculty inclusive of Guide, HOD and a HOD
nominated faculty which carries equal weightage.

The Internship Report should contain

1. Title page
2. Declaration page
3. Certificate
4. Company Certificate
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 154
 5. Table of contents
6. List of tables
7. List of Charts
8. Introduction to the Industry
9. Introduction to the Company
10. Organisation Chart
11. SWOT analysis and PEST Analysis
12. Product and Services offered
13. Financial Performance – Key indicators
14. Objective of the Internship
15. Department Analysis
a. Production
b. Marketing
c. HR
d. Finance
e. Other services department
In department analysis the student have to study on the department chart, No.of employees, Books
and software databases maintained, Issues Found.
16. Key learning from the intership
17. Suggestions
18. Conclusion
19. Bibiliography
20. Annexures

Guidelines :
The report should have a minimum of 30 pages.
Times New Roman
Heading - 13 pts
Text – 12 Pts
One inch page border all sides
1.5 line spacing.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 155
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAP401 BUSINESS STRATEGY 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To learn about strategic planning in the corporate sector.
 To analyze the environment and to identify opportunities and threat.
 To understand the planning and evaluation techniques
 To learn to apply quantitative and qualitative tools to evaluate and control
 To know how to formulate the strategies for companies.
 To understand Various approach to implementation of strategy

COURSEOUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of strategic management theories and apply lifelong.
2. Apply quantitative and qualitative tools to evaluate and control
3. Formulate appropriate strategies for companies.
4. Demonstrate capabilities of problem-solving, critical thinking, team work and communication skills
5. Communicate effectively strategic evaluation and control techniques
6. Understand the concept of Quantitative and Qualitative tools in Strategy Evaluation and Control.

UNIT I Strategic Management

Introduction, Fundamentals of Strategy, Conceptual Evolution of Strategy, Scope and Importance
of Strategies, Purpose of Business, Difference between Goals and Objectives of Business,
Strategic Intent through Vision and Mission Statements, Core Competencies of Business
Strategic Management, Need, scope, key features and importance of strategic management, Role
of Strategists in Decision Making, strategists at various management levels, Types of Strategies,
Limitations of Strategic Management

UNIT IIEnvironment Analysis and Internal Analysis of Firm:

Introduction, Strategy Analysis and its Importance, Environmental Appraisal and Scanning
Techniques, Organisational Position and Strategic Advantage Profile, Strategic Management
Model
Challenges in Strategic Management: Introduction, Strategic Management as an Organisational
Force, Dealing with Strategic Management in Various Situations, Strategic Management
Implications and Challenges

UNIT IIIStrategy Formulation:

Introduction, Strategy Formulation, Process in Strategy Formulation, Strategy Implementation and
its Stages, Reasons for Strategy Failure and Methods to Overcome, Strategy Leadership and
Strategy Implementation, Strategic Business Units (SBUs)

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 156
 Business Investment Strategies: Introduction, Business Plan and Business Venture, Business
Investment Strategies

UNIT IV Strategic Alliances:

Introduction, Strategic Alliances, Types of Strategic Alliances and Business Decisions, Problems
Involved in Strategic Alliances
Concepts of Business Continuity Plan (BCP), Relevance and Importance of BCP, Steps in
Business Continuity Plan, Business Impact Areas, BCP and its Influence on Strategic
Management, BCP and its Influence on Policy Making, Contingency Planning

UNIT V Strategic Control and Evaluation:

Introduction, Strategy Evaluation, Strategic Control, Difference Between Strategic Control and
Operational Control, Concept of Synergy and its Meaning, Key Stakeholder’s Expectations
Recent Trends in Strategic Management: Introduction, Strategic Thinking, Organisational Culture
and its Significance, Organisational Development and Change, Change Management, Models of
Leadership Styles and its Roles, Strategic management in a new globalised economy. Managing
technology and Innovation strategic issues for non-profit organization – New Business models and
strategies for Indian Economy.

Suggested Readings:
1. AzharKazmi , Adela Kazmi (2015), Strategic management, 4th edition, McGraw Hill, New
Delhi
2. Charles W.L. Hill , Gareth R. Jones, (2012), Strategic Management: An Integrated Approach,
9th edition, Cengage, New Delhi.
3. Fred R. David, Forest R. David, PurvaKansal (2018), Strategic Management Concepts: A
Competitive Advantage Approach, 16th edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
4. John Pearce, Richard Robinson, AmitaMital (2017), Strategic Management: Formulation,
Implementation and Control, 12th edition, McGraw Hill , New Delhi,
5. Barney/Hesterly (2015), Strategic Management and Competitive Adv: Concepts and Cases, 5ht
edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
6. Roman Pichler (2012), Agile Product Management with Scrum: Creating Products That
Customers Love, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
7. Idris Mootee (2017), Design Thinking for Strategic Innovation: What They Can't Teach You
at Business or Design School, Wiley, New Delhi.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110108047/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 157
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPF402A FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the concept of derivative, derivative types as a hedging tool and application of derivative in India.
 To apply the derivative as a hedging tool.
 To apply the understanding of derivative, derivative types as a hedging tool.
 To understand Basic Principles of Option Trading
 To know the Functions and Growth of Futures Markets and Futures Market Trading Mechanism
 To understand the Regulation of Financial Derivatives in India

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of derivative, derivative types as a hedging tool and application of derivative in India.
2. Apply the understanding of derivative, derivative types as a hedging tool lifelong.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, problem solving, planning and team work.
4. Explain about concepts of Bonds, Derivatives, Futures and Options management pertaining to investments
5. Gain knowledge in Clearing,settlementandriskmanagementincommoditytrading.
6. Gain knowledge in Emerging Structure of Derivatives Markets in India

UNIT I Derivatives
Features of a Financial Derivative – Types of Financial Derivatives – Basic Financial derivatives – History of Derivatives
Markets – Uses of Derivatives – Critiques of Derivatives – Forward Market: Pricing and Trading Mechanism Forward
Contract concept – Features of Forward Contract Classification of Forward Contracts – Forward Trading Mechanism –
Forward Prices Vs Future Prices.
UNIT II Options and Swaps
Concept of Options – Types of options – Option Valuation – Option Positions Naked and Covered Option – Underlying
Assets in Exchange-traded Options – Determinants of Option Prices – Binomial Option Pricing Model – Black-Scholes
Option Pricing – Basic Principles of Option Trading – SWAP: Concept, Evaluation and Features of Swap – Types of
Financial Swaps – Interest Rate Swaps – Currency Swap – Debt Equity Swap.
UNIT III Futures
Financial Futures Contracts – Types of Financial Futures Contract – Evolution of Futures Market in India – Traders in
Futures Market in India – Functions and Growth of Futures Markets – Futures Market Trading Mechanism – Specification
of the Future Contract – Clearing House – Operation of Margins – Settlement – Theories of Future prices – Future prices
and Risk Aversion – Forward Contract Vs. Futures Contracts.
UNIT IVHedging and Stock Index Futures
Concepts – Perfect Hedging Model – Basic Long and Short Hedges – Cross Hedging – Basis Risk and Hedging – Basis
Risk Vs Price Risk – Hedging Effectiveness – Devising a Hedging Strategy – Hedging Objectives – Management of Hedge
– Concept of Stock Index – Stock Index Futures – Stock Index Futures as a Portfolio management Tool –Speculation and
Stock Index Futures – Stock Index Futures Trading in Indian Stock Market.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 158
UNIT V Financial Derivatives Market in India
Need for Derivatives – Evolution of Derivatives in India – Major Recommendations of Dr. L.C. Gupta Committee – Equity
Derivatives – Strengthening of Cash Market – Benefits of Derivatives in India – Categories of Derivatives Traded in India
– Derivatives Trading at NSE/BSE Eligibility of Stocks – Emerging Structure of Derivatives Markets in India -Regulation
of Financial Derivatives in India – Structure of the Market – Trading systems – Badla system in Indian Stock Market –
Regulatory Instruments.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. John C. Hull , SankarshanBasu (2018), Options, Future & Other Derivatives, 10th edition, Pearson Education, New
Delhi.
2. Don M. Chance, Robert Brooks , Sanjay Dhamija (2019), An Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management, 10th
edition, Cengage Learning.
3. Gupta S L (2017), Financial Derivatives : Theory, Concepts And Problems, 2nd Edition PHI Learning Pvt Limited,
4. Sundaram Das (2017), Derivatives Principles and Practice, 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Education,
5. T. V. Somanathan , V. AnanthaNageswaran , Harsh Gupta (2017), Derivatives, 2nd Edition, Cambridge University
Press.
6. N R Parasuraman (2014), Fundamentals of Financial Derivatives, 3rd Edition , Wiley Publishing,

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 159
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPF402B INTERNATIONAL FINANCE 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students

 To understand the exchange rate movements, hedging using currency derivatives, and analyse the impact on
international trade and investments
 To comprehend on the basics of international financial markets, international financial options and foreign direct
investments and its application.
 To understand the concept of Management of Foreign Exchange Exposure
 To know the Exchange rate movements, factors that influence exchange rates, movements in cross exchange rates
and concepts of international arbitrage
 To analyse the International capital structure, cost of capital and the capital structure of MNCs
 To understand capital budgeting from parent firm’s perspective and expecting the future expected exchange rate
analysis

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to

1. Understand the exchange rate movements, hedging using currency derivatives, andanalyse the impact on
international trade and investments
2. Comprehend on the basics of international financial markets, international financial options and foreign direct
investments and its application in lifelong practice.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
4. Develop knowledge on international financial institutions
5. Acquire knowledge on foreign trade.
6. Understand Financingofforeigntrade andDocumentation

UNIT I International Financial Environment

International Financial Environment, ‘Globalization’, Goals of International Financial Management.
Balance of Payments: concepts and principles of balance of payments and its various components. The Current Account
Deficit and Surplus and Capital Account Convertibility.

UNIT II Exchange Rates and Currency Derivatives

Exchange rate movements, factors that influence exchange rates, movements in cross exchange rates, concepts of
international arbitrage, interest rate parity, and purchasing power parity and the International Fisher effect.
Currency Derivatives: forward markets and the different concepts, currency futures markets and currency options markets
and functions.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 160
Unit III Nature and Measurement of Foreign Exchange Exposure
Nature and measurement of foreign exchange exposure. Types of exposures and the various types of translation methods.
Management of Foreign Exchange Exposure: concept of exposure forward and foreign exchange exposure, various tools
and techniques of foreign risk management and the risk management products.

Unit IV International Capital Structure and International Capital Budgeting

International capital structure, cost of capital, the capital structure of MNCs, cost of capital in segmented versus integrated
markets.
Introduction of international capital budgeting, adjusted present value model, capital budgeting from parent firm’s
perspective and expecting the future expected exchange rate analysis

UNIT V Country Risk, International Taxation and FDI

Country Risk Analysis: country risk factors, assessment of risk factors. Techniques through which the country risks can
be assessed as well as measured.
International Taxation: international tax system, principles of taxation, double taxation, tax havens and transfer pricing.
International tax management strategy and Indian tax environment.
Foreign Direct Investment, International Portfolio and Cross- Border Acquisitions: flow, cost and benefits of Foreign
Direct Investment. ADR and GDR, concept of portfolio, cases on cross border acquisitions.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Paul R. Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld, Marc Melitz(2017), International Finance: Theory and Policy, Pearson
Education.
2. Prakash. G. Apte (2017), International Finance: A Business Perspective, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill.
3. Cheol S. Eun, Bruce G. Resnick(2017), International Finance, 7th edition, McGraw Hill.
4. Rajiv Srivastava (2014), International Finance, 1st edition, Oxford University Press
5. V.A. Avadhani (2017), International Finance, Himalaya Publishing House.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 161
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPF402C 4H - 3C
FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING FOR SMALL BUSINESS
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the concept of bookkeeping, budgeting, capital budgeting, financing options and financial analysis
tools and apply the learning lifelong in small business operations.
 To select the appropriate tools and techniques and solve problems to select the best alternative.
 To understand about the Purpose of an Operating Budget-Signs of Budget Ineffectiveness
 To evaluate the Performance Measurement Systems
 To know about the Need for Control Systems and When to Eliminate Controls
 To Comprehend on the government initiative for the small business, Institutional support and schemes available
for the support of small scale industry

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of bookkeeping, budgeting, capital budgeting, financing options and financial analysis
tools and apply the learning lifelong in small business operations.
2. Select the appropriate tools and techniques and solve problems to select the best alternative.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, problem-solving, planning and team work.
4. Apprehend application of Basic Control Systems

5. Know the Business benefits of Zero Working Capital and Zero Fixed Assets
6. Understand the concept of Performance Measurement Systems

UNIT I Essential General Records for Small Business

Single and Double Entry Systems - Chart of Accounts - Debits and Credit -Accounting Software- Revenue & Expense Journal-Petty
Cash Record-Inventory Record- Fixed Assets Log -Accounts Receivable- Accounts Payable-Payroll Records-Independent
Contractors-Travel, Transportation, and Entertainment Expenses- Customer Information Records-Business Checkbook- Receipt Files

UNIT II Budgeting for Operations

Definition or Purpose of an Operating Budget-Signs of Budget Ineffectiveness-Improvements to the Budgeting System-
Responsibility Accounting-Budget Tracking and Maintenance-The System of Interlocking Budgets-Need for Budget Updating
.Capital Budgeting - Investing in Long-Term Assets and Capital Budgeting - Definitions - Overview and Use of Capital Budgeting-
Life Cycles-Capital Budgeting Sequence-Producing Numbers to Get Dollars, the Use of Forms, and the Capital Budgeting Model
(NPV, Payback period, IRR, PI) - Miscellaneous Considerations-Product Discontinuance - Bailout

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 162
UNIT III Basic Control Systems
The Need for Control Systems -Types of Fraud - Key Controls - When to Eliminate Controls-Operating the Business - Cash Flow
Concerns- Cash-What to Do with Excess Cash-Cash Flows-Introduction to Cash Flow Budgets-Indications of Cash Flow Problems-
Managing Cash-Preparation of the Cash Budget-Disbursements-Net Cash Flow and Cash Balances- Exceptions to Expected Cash
Flows

UNIT IV Financing
New Businesses - Zero Working Capital and Zero Fixed Assets - Types of Financing - Private Placement of Stock - Swapping Stock
for Expenses - Stock Warrants - Stock Subscriptions - How to Obtain a Bank Loan - Sources of Debt Financing - Types of Loan
Arrangements 168 Restrictions on Loans - Conditions That a Borrower Should Seek

UNIT V Performance Measurement Systems

Financial Ratios - Types of Financial Ratios - Using Performance Measurements for Predictions - Operating Ratios - Other Ratios -
The Balanced Scorecard - Financial Analysis - Risk Analysis - Capacity Utilization - Breakeven Analysis - Taxes and Risk
Management - Controlling Tax Liabilities -Risk Management - Insurance-Types of Insurance Companies- Claims Administration-
Reporting -Central Government Requirements - State Government Requirements - Local Government Requirements - Creditors -
Equity Holders - Management Reports

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Mark Smith (2019), Bookkeeping: Step by Step Guide to Bookkeeping Principles & Basic Bookkeeping for Small Business , Guy
Saloniki
2. Charles Hall Sir (2016) , Financial & Tax Planning for Small Businesses, Xlibris
3. Ashok Ramachandran, (2011), Gnucash 2.4 Small business accounting , Packt Publishing Limited
4. Steven M. Bragg And E. James Burton, (2006),Accounting and Finance for Your Small Business, 2nd edition, John Wiley &
Sons.
5. Linda Pinson(2007),Keeping the Books: Basic Record Keeping and Accounting for the successful small business, Kaplan
Publishing.
6. Andy Lymer, (2010), Small Business Accounting: Teach Yourself: The jargon-free guide to accounts, budgets and forecasts,
Teach yourself.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 163
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPM402A NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the concept of new product development process and apply it lifelong.
 To comprehend on the idea creation, development and testing techniques.
 To equip the students with the various dimensions of product management such as Brand Positioning and its
Preference.
 To develop familiarity and competence with the strategies
 To understand the tactics involved in building, leveraging and defending strong brands in different sectors.
 To equip the students with the various dimensions of product management such as Brand Positioning and its
Preference.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. To understand the concept of new product development process and apply it lifelong.
2. To comprehend on the idea creation, development and testing techniques.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
4. Assess alternative business models
5. Analyze the market, the competition and the buying behavior of consumers
6. Understand Pricing Strategies and Testing of New Products

UNIT 1 Basics of New Product Strategy

What is New Product Development and Why is it so important? The New Product Development Process Principles of
Success
Strategic Planning and Opportunity Identification for new products
Types of opportunities and types of new products. Develop a strategy for a new product- New Product Strategy-
decisions- consumer behavior adoption and diffusion of innovations
Cases : Innovation at 3M, P&G – New Model for Innovation

UNIT II Idea Generation

Generation of new product ideas and identifying new market opportunities, New Product Planning Process-stage gate
system- Business models, disruptive technologies, product architecture and product platforms
Start with a market opportunity and conduct an ideation session to identify new product ideas (a variation on this option
is to start with any product ideas that you may have and evaluate them in the context of a market opportunity). Select one
idea. Analyze the market, the competition and the buying behavior of consumers. If appropriate, assess alternative
business models. Specify the target market, the value proposition and the positioning for the product.

UNIT III Concept development, Evaluation and Test

Concept development, Product and positioning, Concept evaluation techniques, Testing Physical offers.
Product Design (Case: Apple – Design Thinking & Innovation)
Testing and forecasting

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 164
UNIT IV Brand Development
Brand decisions and Brand identity development, Designing and branding a product. Selecting a brand name.
(Case : Dove: Evolution of a Brand )

UNIT V Pricing Strategies and Testing of New Products

Pre-test Marketing - Preparing a Launch Plan (Case: Red Bull/Judo in Action)
Market Testing - Pricing, Packaging - Integrated Marketing : Customer and Channel Marketing
Innovation Marketing (Case: Virgin Mobile)

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. C. Merle Crawford L.C.Anthony Benedetto (2011), “New Products Management”, 9thEdition, McGraw Hill.
2. Karl Ulrich and Steven Eppinger(2017), Product Design and Development, 5th edition, McGraw Hill.
3. Michael Baker and Susan Hart (2007), Product Strategy and Management, Second Edition, Financial Times/
Prentice Hall.
4. Robert G.Cooper (2017), WINNING AT NEW PRODUCTS, Creating Value through Innovation, Basic Books
5. RamanujMajumdar, ( 2008), “Product Management in India”, Third Edition, Prentice Hall Publication

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 165
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPM402B SALES AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the basic Principles of selling and distribution management.
 To design and forecast sales and sales budget.
 To formulate strategies to manage the sales force team.
 To understand the different distribution channels.
 To give a broad understanding on Sales Management and its implications.
 To identify the role of sales force management in the organization.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the basic Principles of selling and distribution management.
2. Design and forecast sales and sales budget.
3. Formulate strategies to manage the sales force team.
4. Understand the different distribution channels.
5. Demonstrate capabilities of teamwork, critical thinking, and communication skills related to selling and
distribution management.
6. Gain knowledge in designing channel systems and channel management

UNIT I Sales Management

Sales Management - Introduction, Objectives, Role of Sales Management in Marketing, Nature
and Responsibilities of Sales Management, Careers in Sales Management, Modern Roles and
Required Skills for Sales Managers
Understanding Personal Selling - Introduction, Objectives, Approaches to Personal Selling,
Process of Personal Selling.

UNIT II Sales Territories and Quotas

Designing Sales Territories, Sales quotas and sales organisation structures, Sales Forecasting and
Developing Sales Budgets

UNIT III Sales Force Management

Recruitment and selection of sales force, Reinforcing a Sales Training Program, Motivating a Sales
Force and Sales Force Compensation , Controlling the salesforce

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 166
 UNIT IVChannelManagement
Marketing Channels, Designing Channels, Selection and Recruitment of Channel Partners,
Channel Relationships Management, Channel Evaluation, Information Systems for Channels.
Wholesaling-Introduction, Functions of Wholesalers, Types of Wholesalers,Future of
Wholesaling

Retailing - Introduction, Origin of Retailing, Scope of Retailing, Retailing Scenario: An

Overview, Retailing: Importance and Success Factors, Retail Formats

UNIT VDistribution Management and New Trends

Indian Distribution Scenario at Present, Vertical Marketing System, Horizontal and Multi -
Channel Marketing Systems, Understanding Distribution of services.

Sales Management Information System, Relationship Marketing, Role of E-commerce in Selling,

International Sales Management, Challenges Faced by International Sales Managers

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Krishna K. Havaldar, Vasant M. Cavale(2017), Sales and Distribution Management, 3rd
edition, McGraw Hill.
2. Richard R. Still, Edward W. Cundiff , Norman A. P. Govoni, Sandeep Puri, (2017), Sales and
Distribution Management, 6th edition, Pearson Education,
3. Tapan K. Panda, Sunil Sahadev(2011), Sales and distribution Management, 2nd edition,
Oxford University Press
4. PingaliVenugopal(2008), Sales and Distribution Management: An Indian Perspective, 1st
edition, Sage Texts.
5. Ramendra Singh(2016), Sales and Distribution Management, Vikas Publishing.
6. Nag(2017), Sales and Distribution Management, 1st edition, McGraw Hill.

E-resources:
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105122/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104117/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 167
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPM402C INTERNATIONALMARKETING 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the concept of International marketing environment and the international market entry modes
 To comprehend the 4Ps of marketing in international perspective.
 To formulate marketing strategies appropriate for international marketing of products and services.
 To have an exposure in international marketing management concept
 To understand the international marketing management and market segmentation.
 To know the process of promoting the product in the international market

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept ofInternational marketing environment and the international market entry modes and
apply lifelong.
2. Comprehend the 4Ps of marketing in international perspective.
3. Formulate marketing strategies appropriate for international marketing of products and services.
4. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group
leadership, oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
5. Understand about the various disciplines contribution in understanding buyer behaviour in a holistic manner
familiar with the advances in International marketing
6. Acquire knowledge to analyze consumers behaviour and use them in designing marketing strategies

UNIT I Introduction to International Marketing

Introduction, Scope of International Marketing, International Marketing vs. Domestic Marketing, Principles of
International Marketing, Customer value and the value equation, Competitive or differential advantage, Management
Orientations, MNCs and TNCs, Benefits of international marketing.

UNIT II International Market Environment

International Marketing Environment : Introduction, Political Environment, Political systems, legal and Regulatory
Environment, Socio-cultural Environment, Economic Environment, Technological Environment, Challenges in Global
Marketing.

International Marketing Research Introduction, Concept of Marketing Research, Need for Marketing Research, Approach
to Marketing Research, Scope of International Marketing Research, International Marketing Research Process, market
surveys, marketing information system

International Market Entry Strategies Introduction, Different Entry Modes and Market Entry Strategies, joint Ventures,
Strategic Alliances, Direct Investment, Manufacturing and Franchising.

UNIT IIIInternational Product Policy and Planning

International Product Policy and Planning : Introduction, Products: National and International, the new Product

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 168
Development, International Product Planning, Product Adoption and Standardization, International Market Segmentation,
Influences on Marketing Plan and Budget, International Product Marketing, Marketing of Services

UNIT IV International Pricing Policy:

International Pricing Policy: Introduction, Price and Non-Price Factors, Methods of Pricing, International Pricing
Strategies, Dumping and Price Distortion, Counter Trade

UNIT V International Promotional Strategies & Legal and Ethical Issues in International Marketing
International Promotional Strategies Introduction, Communications Process, principles of communication, Status of
Promotion, Promotion Appeals, Media Selection, Personal Selling, Public Relations and Publicity, Sales Promotion,
advertising, e-marketing

Legal and Ethical Issues in International Marketing Introduction, Nature of International Business Disputes and Proposed
Action, Legal Concepts Relating to International Business, International Dispute Settlement Machinery, ethical
Consideration in International Marketing and Marketing Communications.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Philip R. Cateora, Mary C. Gilly, John L. Graham(2017), International Marketing, McGraw Hill
2. Srinivasan R. (2016), International Marketing, 4th edition, PHI Learning Private Limited
3. Warren J. Keegan (2017), Global Marketing Management, 8th edition, Pearson Education.
4. Rakesh Mohan Joshi(2014), International Marketing, 2nd edition, Oxford University Press
5. J. Keegan Warren (Author), C. Green Mark (2018), Global Marketing, 9th edition, Pearson Education.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 169
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPH402A INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS AND LABOUR WELFARE 4H-3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To comprehend on industrial relations, industrial conflicts, employee discipline, collective bargaining and industrial safety.
 To apply the legal aspects of industrial relations, industrial conflicts, employee discipline, collective bargaining and industrial
safety lifelong.
 To learn about industrial relations concept and objectives.
 To know about the industrial conflict and handling the disputes.
 To know about the different types of labor.
 To understand Procedure for taking disciplinary action, Indian law on punishment

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Comprehend on industrial relations, industrial conflicts, employee discipline, collective bargaining and industrial safety.
2. Apply the legal aspects of industrial relations, industrial conflicts, employee discipline, collective bargaining and industrial safety
lifelong.
3. Demonstrate capabilities of analysing problems, team work and communication skills.
4. Gain knowledge of Industrial safety, Occupational hazards
5. Demonstrate knowledge of Statutory welfare measures – Welfare Funds – Education and training schemes
6. Know about the Education and training schemes

UNIT I Industrial Relations

Industrial Relations: Concept, Scope, Approaches, Industrial Relations System.Workers participation in
Management, Code of discipline, Tripartite bodies, ILO. Trade Unions: Meaning, Objectives, Functions,
Theories, Structure of Trade Unions.Trade Union Movement in India.

UNIT II IndustrialSafety
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY - Causes of Accidents – Prevention – Safety Provisions – Industrial
Health and Hygiene – Importance – Problems – Occupational Hazards – Diseases – Psychological
problems – Counseling – Statutory Provisions.
INDUSTRIAL CONFLICTS -Disputes – Causes – Strikes – Prevention – Industrial Peace – Government
Machinery – Conciliation – Arbitration – Adjudication.

UNIT III Labour legislation

Factories Act, 1948 – Health – Safety - Welfare, Employees State Insurance Act, 1948; Workmen’s
Compensation Act, 1923.

UNIT IVTrade union Acts, Industry disputes and Wages Act

Trade Unions Act, 1926; Industrial Disputes Act, 1947.Minimum Wages Act, 1948; Payment of Wages
Act, 1936; Payment of Bonus Act, 1965.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 170
 UNIT V LabourWelfare
Meaning, Definition, Scope, Theories, Principles and approaches.Statutory and Non – Statutory
labourwelfare : Intra – mural and extra – mural welfare.Child Labour – Female Labour – Contract Labour
Differently abled Labour

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Piyali Ghosh, ShefaliNandan (2017), Industrial Relations and Labour Laws, 1st edition,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
2. P.R.N. Sinha, Sinha InduBala, ShekharSeemaPriyadarshini (2017), Industrial Relations, Trade
Unions and Labour Legislation, 3rd edition, Pearson education, New Delhi.
3. Mamoria, C.B., and SathishMamoria. (2016). Dynamics of Industrial Relation. New Delhi:
Himalaya Publishing House.
4. ArunMonappa, RanjeetNambudiri, PatturajaSelvaraj (2017), Industrial Relations and Labour
Laws, 2ndedition, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
5. C.S. VenkataRatnam&Manoranjan Dhal (2017), Industrial Relations, 2nd edition, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/nptel_data3/html/mhrd/ict/text/122105020/lec12.pdf
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6J-VvleH06k
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y4XHzX5VE7g

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 171
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPH402B STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the transformation in the role of HR functions from being a support function to strategic
function and apply lifelong.
 To explore the relationship between the management of people and pursuit of an organisations strategic goals
and objectives.
 To understand the HR Management and system at various levels in general and in certain specific industries
or organizations.
 To make aware of the concepts, techniques and practices of human resource development
 To analyse the issues and strategies required to select and develop manpower resources
 To develop relevant skills necessary for application in HR related issues

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the transformation in the role of HR functions from being a support function to strategic function
and apply lifelong.
2. Explore the relationship between the management of people and pursuit of an organisations strategic goals
and objectives.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group
leadership, oral and written communication, critical thinking, problem-solving, planning and team work.
4. Understand and apply the appropriate employee relationsmeasures and strategic HRM Concept
5. Understand the HRM functions and latest developments in the field of HR and effectively communicate ideas, explain
procedures and interpret results and solutions in written and oral forms to differentaudiences
6. Gain knowledge in reward strategy and employee relations strategy

UNIT I The Conceptual Framework of Strategic HRM

HRM defined, Human resource systems, Aims of HRM, Characteristics of HRM, Reservations about HRM,
The concept of strategy - Strategy defined, The concept of strategy, The formulation of strategy, The concept of strategic
human resource management, Strategic HRM defined, Basis of strategic HRM, Principles of strategic HRM, Aims of
strategic HRM, Concepts of strategic HRM, Perspectives on strategic HRM, The best-practice approach, The best-fit
approach, Bundling, The reality of strategic HRM, Practical implications of strategic HRM theory.

UNIT IIThe Practice of Strategic HRM

HR strategies –Overview of HR strategies, Specific HR strategies, Criteria for an effective HR strategy, How should HR
strategies be developed? Developing HR strategies, Implementing HR strategies, The strategic role of HR, The strategic
nature of HR, The strategic partner model, What being strategic means, The strategic role of HR directors, The strategic
role of heads of HR functions, The strategic role of HR business partners, The strategic contribution of HR advisers or
assistants, The impact of strategic HRM, How HR impacts on organizational performance, How strategic HRM concepts
impact on practice, Strategic HRM in action, Formulating HR strategy, The content of HR strategies, Corporate issues,
Achieving integration, What are the most characteristic features of strategic HRM in action?

UNIT III Employee resourcing strategy and Talent Management strategy

The objective of employee resourcing strategy, The strategic HRM approach to resourcing, Integrating business and

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 172
resourcing strategies, Bundling resourcing strategies and activities , The components of employee resourcing strategy,
Human resource planning, Employee value proposition, Resourcing plans
Talent management strategy- Talent management defined, The process of talent management. Developing a talent
management strategy Retention strategy, Flexibility strategy

UNIT IV Employee engagement strategy and learning and development strategy

Employee engagement strategy - Engagement and organizational commitment, The significance of engagement,
Engagement and discretionary behaviour, What is an engaged employee? What are the factors that influence engagement?
Strategies for enhancing engagement, Measuring engagement

Learning and development strategy, Strategic human resource development (SHRD), Strategies for creating a learning
culture, Organizational learning strategies, Learning organization strategy, Individual learning strategies.

UNIT V Reward strategy and Employee Relations Strategy

Reward strategy defined, Why have a reward strategy, Characteristics of reward strategies, The structure of reward
strategy, The content of reward strategy, Guiding principles, Developing reward strategy, Effective reward strategies,
Reward strategy and line management capability.

Employee relations strategy, Employee relations strategy defined, Concerns of employee relations strategy, Strategic
directions, The background to employee relations strategies, The HRM approach to employee relations, Policy options,
Formulating employee relations strategies, Partnership agreements, Employee voice strategies

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Michael Armstrong (2011), Armstrong's Handbook of Strategic Human Resource Management, 5th edition, Kogan
Page.
Jeffrey A Mello (2012), Strategic Management of Human Resources, 3rd edition, Cengage Learning, New Delhi.
2. Randall S Schuler and Susan E Jackson (2008), Strategic Human Resource Management, 2nd edition, Wiley India.
3. Michael Armstrong (2006), Strategic Human Resource Management: A Guide to Action, 3rd edition, Kogan Page.
4. GREER (2002), Strategic Human Resource Management: A General Managerial Approach, 2nd edition, Pearson
Education, New Delhi.
5. RajibLochanDhar (2010), Strategic Human Resource Management, Excel Books.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 173
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPH402C INTERNATIONALHUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students

 To understand the concept of International Human resource management, staffing, training and industrial relation
pertaining to international work force management and apply the learning lifelong.
 To formulate recruitment, training policies pertaining to international human resource management.
 To understand the concepts and practical implications of performance management, Training methods and career
planning International HRM.
 To know about compensation and reward management and its practice of International HRM in industry
 To be familiar with Employee relations and its application for the development of International HRM
 To understand the Current scenario in international training and development

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to

1. Understand the concept of International Human resource management, staffing, training and industrial relation
pertaining to international work force management and apply the learning lifelong.
2. Formulate recruitment, training policies pertaining to international human resource management.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group
leadership, oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
4. Recognize the dynamic relationship between strategy, people, technology, and the processes that drive organizations.
5. Gain knowledge in Emerging TrendsandPerspectives in HRMCrossCulturalDimensions
6. Integrate the knowledge of International HRM concepts to take correct business decisions

UNIT I International Human Resource Management

An Overview, Introduction and Concepts in International Human Resource Management, Developments leading to
International HRM Perspectives, International Human Resource Management
Models of IHRM-Matching model, Harvard Model, Contextual Model, 5P Model European Model. SHRM: Evolution of
MNE’s, Business strategies, IHRM Strategies, SIHRM. Barriers in effective global HRM. Socio-cultural context,
Organizational dynamics and IHRM:
Role of culture in International HRM, Country and Regional Cultures, Country Culture versus MNE Culture. Culture and
employee management issues/ impact of Country culture on IHRM

UNIT II Staffing Practices in International Human Resource Management

International Workforce planning and staffing: International labour market International Recruitment function; head-
hunters, cross-national advertising, e-recruitment; International staffing choice, different approaches to multinational
staffing decisions, Types of international assignments, Selection criteria and techniques, use of selection tests, interviews
for international selection, international staffing issues, Successful expatriation, role of an expatriate, female expatriation,
repatriation, re-entry and career issues.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 174
UNIT III Industrial Relations and Strategic HRM
International Practices in Industrial Relations, Shifts in IHRM and IR, International Strategic Human Resource
Management, International Labour Standards, Global Unions, Regional Integration and Framework Agreements, HR/IR
issues in MNCs and Corporate Social Responsibility

Unit IV Developing Global Mindset

Global Leadership, Cross cultural context and international assignees, Current scenario in international training and
development, training & development of international staff, types of expatriate training, sensitivity training, Career
Development, repatriate training, developing international staff and multinational teams, knowledge transfer in
multinational companies.

Unit VInternational Workforce and International HRIS

Working with multicultural and ethnic groups, Health and safety and International Assignees, Crisis Management, Global
HR Shared Services, Managing HR in virtual organization.
Emerging trends in International HRM, Sensitivity to Cultural Diversity, Global Organisation Structures, Emerging Trends
in Employee Relations and Employee Involvement, Convergence or divergence in personnel management in developed
and developing economies, International HRM and Strategic Research
HRIS: Meaning, Role of IT in HR, Designing of HRIS, Applications of HRIS in Employee Management, Limitation of
HRIS

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Dowling, Peter J., Marion Festing, and Allen D. Engle (2017). International Human Resource Management, 7th
edition, Cengage Learning
2. Aswathappa, K. and Sadhana Dash (2017), International Human Resource Management, 2nd edition, McGraw-
Hill
3. Edwards, Tony and Chris Rees (2007), International Human Resource Management, 1st edition, ; Pearson
Education.
4. Srinivas R. Kandula(2018), International Human Resource Management,1st edition, SAGE Texts.
5. Anne-Wil Harzing , Ashly Pinnington(2017), International Human Resource Management, 4th edition, SAGE
Texts.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 175
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPS402A SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the principles, methods and techniques of systems development
 To Comprehend on the problems relating to systems development.
 To understand and apply the various stages of a phased systems analysis method
 To apply the tools for designing and analyzing the software required.
 To provides practical knowledge on security aspects of system.
 To describe the concepts of systems analysis and information systems development

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the principles, methods and techniques of systems development
2. Comprehend on the problems relating to systems development.
3. Understand and apply the various stages of a phased systems analysis method
4. Apply the tools for designing and analyzing the software required.
5. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
6. Understand System Implementation

UNIT I System
System - Definition - Types of Systems, Delineating Systems, Products, and Tools, Precedented versus Unprecedented
Systems: Analytical Representation of a System: Systems that require engineering Data and Information -Types of
information: operational, tactical, strategic and statutory Project Team Skills and Roles: Skills and Roles of a Project Team,
Business Analyst, Systems Analyst, Infrastructure Analyst, Change Management Analyst, Project Manager

UNIT II The Architecture of Systems and SDLC

Introduction: Introducing the System Architecture Construct: Introduction of the System Elements: Understanding System
Element Entity Relationships: Guiding Principles:The Systems Development Life Cycle: Feasibility: Analysis: Planning
and Design: Implementation: Testing, Maintenance. Requirements determination, requirements specifications, Feasibility

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 176
analysis, final specifications, hardware and software study, Role of systems analyst – attributes of a systems analyst – tools
used in system analysis

UNIT III System Design

System design, system implementation, system evaluation, system modification, Structured Design, Input design, and
Output design, Form Design. Systems Development Methodologies: Rapid Application Development, Newer (current)
methodologies, selecting the Appropriate Development MethodologyData oriented systems design: Entity relationship
model – E-R diagrams – relationships cardinality and participation – normalizing relations – various normal forms and
their need – some examples of relational data base design.Object oriented systems modelling: What are objects? – Why
objects? – Objects and their properties – classes – inheritance – polymorphism – how to identify objects in an application
– how to model systems using objects – some cases of object oriented system modeling

UNIT IV System Analysis

Introduction to System analysis, Problem Definition, Information requirements, Information gathering tools, Tools of
structured Analysis – Data Flow Diagrams, Data Dictionary, Decision Tree, Decision tables and structured English., File
Organization, Sequential Indexed Sequential, Chaining and Inverted list organization. System Testing: Test Plan AND test
data, types of system test.

UNIT V System Implementation

Implementation Plan, activity network for conversion, combating resistance to change. Hardware/Software Selection:
Procedure for selection, Major phases in selection, Make v/s buy decision, Criteria for software selection.

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Hoffer et.al (2011), Modern Systems Analysis and Design, 6th Edition, Pearson Education.
2. Goyal A (2011), Systems Analysis and Design, Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited
3. Seppo J. Ovaska Phillip A. Laplante(2013), Real-Time Systems Design and Analysis: Tools for the Practitioner,
4th edition,Wiley India.
4. Kendall and Kendall(2015), Systems Analysis and Design, 9th edition, Pearson Education.
5. Dennis, Wixom, Roth(2016), Systems Analysis and Design, 6th edition, Wiley India.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 177
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPS402B KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the concepts of Knowledge Management

 To understand and apply the tools used for capturing tacit knowledge and learning from the captured
knowledge lifelong.
 To acquitted with the recent trends and developments in technology which covers Key Challenges Facing
the Evolution of Knowledge Management and knowledge management aspects.
 To understand Telecommunications and Networks in Knowledge Management
 To know the Future of Knowledge Management and Protecting Intellectual Property
 To understand the Information Mapping in Information Retrieval

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concepts of Knowledge Management
2. Understand and apply the tools used for capturing tacit knowledge and learning from the captured knowledge
lifelong.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group
leadership, oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
4. Understand Business strategies related to Knowledge Management
5. Gain knowledge in Transformation of an enterprise through Knowledge Management
6. Do Knowledge Creation and Codification

UNIT I Technologies to Manage Knowledge

Knowledge Management - The foundations of knowledge management- including cultural issues- The Evolution of
Knowledge management: From Information Management to Knowledge Management - Key Challenges Facing the
Evolution of Knowledge Management - Ethics for Knowledge Management.
Technologies to Manage Knowledge: Artificial Intelligence and Understanding Knowledge: Cognitive Psychology , Data,
Information and Knowledge , Kinds of Knowledge, Expert Knowledge, Thinking and Learning in Humans , Knowledge
vs Intelligence, dumb search, Heuristic search in Knowledge-Based Systems, Knowledge Based Systems for KM,

UNIT II Creating the Culture Of Learning

Organization and Knowledge Management - Building the Learning Organization. Knowledge Markets: Cooperation
among Distributed Technical Specialists – Tacit Knowledge and Quality Assurance.
Capturing the Tacit Knowledge: Expert Evaluation, Developing Relationship with Experts , Fuzzy Reasoning & Quality
of Knowledge Capture , Interviewing as a Tacit Knowledge Capture Tool

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 178
UNIT III Knowledge Management Tools
Telecommunications and Networks in Knowledge Management - Internet Search Engines and Knowledge Management -
Information Technology in Support of Knowledge Management - Knowledge Management and Vocabulary Control -
Information Mapping in Information Retrieval - Information Coding in the Internet Environment - Repackaging
Information.

On-Site Observation (Action Protocol) , Brainstorming, Electronic Brainstorming, Protocol Analysis (Think-Aloud
Method) , Consensus Decision Making, Repertory Grid ,Nominal Group Technique (NGT) , Delphi Method ., Concept
Mapping, Blackboarding .

UNIT IV Knowledge Creation and Codification

Knowledge Creation & Knowledge Architecture: Knowledge Creation, Nonaka’s Model of Knowledge Creation &
Transformation, Knowledge Architecture , Acquiring the KM System.
Modes of Knowledge Conversion,Codifying Knowledge, Codification, Tools/Procedures Knowledge Maps, Decision
Table , Decision Tree,Frames, Production Rules,Case-Based Reasoning , Knowledge-Based Agents , Knowledge
Developer’s Skill Set , Knowledge Requirements , Skills Requirements .

UNIT V Learning from Data

Learning from Data: The Concept of Learning , Data Visualization , Neural Network (Artificial) as Learning Model,
Supervised/Unsupervised Learning ., Applications in Business , Relative Fit with KM , Association Rules , Classification
Trees .
Discovering New Knowledge – Data Mining: Objectives of Data Mining, Classical statistics & statistical pattern
recognition, Induction of symbolic rules, Induction trees, Artificial Neural Networks, Supervised Learning: Back
Propagation, Unsupervised Learning: Kohonen Network, The Future of Knowledge Management, Protecting Intellectual
Property (IP)

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Awad Elias M (2011), Knowledge Management, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited
2. Hislop (2013), Knowledge Management in Organizations, Oxford University Press
3. SheldaDebowski(2007), Knowledge Management, Wiley India.
4. B. Kar(2018), Knowledge Management - New Horizons, 1st edition, Viva Books Private Limited
5. Ulla De Stricker (2014), Knowledge Management Practice in Organizations (Advances in Knowledge Acquisition,
Transfer, and Management), Idea Group,U.S.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 179
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPS402C DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the fundamental concept of a decision support system (DSS) and its effects on management.
 To know about the process of managerial decision making and components of modeling.
 To study about the key components’ of DSS and their purpose in decision making.
 To examine user interface decision issues and evaluate the user interface and capabilities of decision support system.
 To study about the process of developing decision support system.
 To understand how it supports the manager in the decision making process.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. To explain concept of a decision support system and its effect on industry 4.0.
2. To identify decision factors, models and analysis decision support system to support a smart production system.
3. To apply techniques of DSS and validate DSS techniques to solve a complex industrial problems.
4. To understand the term of an interactive system providing information tool and interface
5. To appraise the framework of DSS and design a knowledge based system for a decision making.
6. To understand how to implement the Decision making process

UNIT I
Introduction: Decision concept – Steps – Decision Support System – Components – Characteristics – Classifications and
Applications.
UNIT II
Model Management: Model – Modeling Process – Types of Models – Optimization – Simulation – Heuristic: Descriptive
– Predictive Model Base – Modeling Languages – Model Directory, Model Base Management System – Model Execution,
Integration and Command Processing – Model Packages.
UNIT III
Data Management System: Data Base – Sources of Data – Data Directory – Data Structure and Data Base Languages –
Query Facility – Data Management System – DBMS as DSS Development Tool.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 180
UNIT IV
Dialog Management: User Interface – Graphics – Multimedia – Visual Interactive Modeling – Natural language processing
– Speech Recognition and Understanding – Issues in User interface.
UNIT V
Development of Decision Support System: Development Process – Software and Hardware; Data Acquisition – Model
Acquisition – Dialog development – Integration – Testing and Validation – Training and Implementation.

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Janakiraman, V.S. and Sarukesi, Decision Support Systems, 2ndEdition, PHI Learning, 2009.
2. Marakas, G.M., Decision Support Systems in the 21st century, 2ndEdition, PHI Learning, 2009.
3. Sauter, V., Decision Support Systems for Business Intelligence, 2ndEdition,John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
4. Taylor, J., Decision Management Systems: A Practical Guide to Using Business Rules and Predictive Analytics,
IBM Press, 2011.
5. Turban, E., Delen, E. and Sharda, R., Decision Support and Business Intelligence Systems, 9thEdition, Pearson,
2011.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 181
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPO402A MATERIALS MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Demonstrate competency in effective utilization of materials in manufacturing and service organization
 To Demonstrate competency in the practical application of materials management principles in industrial
inventory systems.
 To Understand the principles of effective materials management
 To know the demonstrate competency in effective utilization of materials in manufacturing and service
organization
 To know the Importance of good purchasing system, organization of purchasing functions, purchase policy
and procedures
 To understand the principles of effective materials management

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Demonstrate competency in effective utilization of materials in manufacturing and service organization
2. Demonstrate competency in the practical application of materials management principles in industrial
inventory systems.
3. Understand the principles of effective materials management
4. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group
leadership, oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
5. Understand the importance of Pre–commitment and Demand Uncertainty and Peak–load pricing under perfect
competition
6. Gain knowledge in Natural Gas Storage and Transmission in Revenue Management in Practice

UNIT I MATERIALS MANAGEMENT

Material management and productivity, functions of material management, organization structures in material
management, role of material management techniques in improved material productivity.

UNIT II MATERIALS PLANNING

Objectives, material requirement planning, manufacturing resource planning, JIT production planning, strategic material
planning, material control: acceptance, sampling, inspection, make or buy break even analysis, breakeven point theory,
whether to add or drop a product line store management and warehousing, product explosion.

UNIT III INVENTORY MANAGEMENT

Inventory v/s stores, types of inventory, inventory control, inventory build –up, EOQ, various inventory models, inventory
models with quantity discount, exchange curve concept, coverage analysis, optimal stocking and issuing policies, inventory
management of perishable commodities, ABC – VED analysis, design of inventory distribution systems, surplus
management, information system for inventory management, case studies.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 182
UNIT IV PURCHASING MANAGEMENT
Importance of good purchasing system, organization of purchasing functions, purchase policy and procedures,
responsibility and limitations, purchasing decisions, purchasing role in new product development, role of purchasing in
cost reduction, negotiations and purchase, purchasing research: identification of right sources of supply, vendor rating,
standardization, vendor certification plans, vendor and supply reliability, developing new source of supply.

UNIT V COST REDUCTION

Cost control v/s cost reduction, price analysis, material cost reduction techniques, variety reduction, cost 20% reduction
and value improvement, techniques of cost control, standard costing, cost effectiveness, cost analysis for material
management, material flow cost control.
Student Learning Outcomes: · Demonstrate competency in effective utilization of materials in manufacturing and service
organization · Demonstrate competency in the practical application of materials management principles in industrial
inventory systems. · Understand the principles of effective materials management

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. N. Chapman Stephen et.al (2017), Introduction to Materials Management, Pearson Education.
2. Chitale (2014), Materials Management a Supply Chain Perspective: Text and Cases, 3rd edition, Prentice Hall
India Learning Private Limited
3. Gopalkrishnan P and Abid Haleem(2015), Handbook of Materials Management, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall
India Learning Private Limited
4. PatidarJeet (2011), Purchasing and Materials Management, S.Chand.
5. Arnold (2009), Introduction to Materials Management, 6th edition, Pearson Education India.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 183
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPO402B WORLD CLASS MANUFACTURING 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the importance of world class manufacturing and how the evolution of
manufacturing taken place
 To understand the concept and the importance of manufacturing strategy for industrial enterprise
competitiveness.
 To understand various manufacturing strategies and to learn how to formulate and implement the
strategy
 To understand the advances and recent developments in the manufacturing organizations
 To apply appropriate techniques in the analysis an devaluation of company’s opportunities for
enhancing competitiveness in the local regional and global context.
 To learn framework for managing individual and group performance and improve problem solving skills.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understanding of the concept and importance of strategy planning for manufacturing industries
2. Identify formulation and implement strategies for manufacturing and therefore enterprise
competitiveness.
3. Develop familiarity with different decision making tools for evaluation and selection of best practices
for world class manufacturing.
4. Develop skills for implementation of World-class Manufacturing concepts and philosophies
5. Apply principles and techniques in the identifiable formulation and implementation of manufacturing
strategy for competitive in global context.
6. Demonstrate capabilities of problem-solving, critical thinking, and communication skills to infer the output.
Unit I

Historical Perspective World class Excellent organizations – Models for manufacturing excellence:
Schonberger, Halls, Gunn and Maskell models, Business Excellence.

Unit II

Benchmark, Bottlenecks and Best Practices, Concepts of benchmarking, Bottleneck and best practices, Best
performers – Gaining competitive edge through world class manufacturing – Value added manufacturing -
Value Stream mapping – Eliminating waste Toyota Production System.
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 184
Unit III

Building Strength Through Customer – Focused Principles- Customer – Focused principles – General
principles – Design – Operations – Human resources -Quality and Process improvement – Promotion and
Marketing-Value and Valuation. Product Costing – Motivation to improve – Value of the enterprises
QUALITY – The Organization : Bulwark of stability and effectiveness – Employee stability – Quality
Individuals Vs. Teams -Team stability and cohesiveness – Project cohesiveness and stability.
Unit IV

Human Resource Management in WCM: Adding value to the organization- Organizational learning -
techniques of removing Root cause of problems-People as problem solvers-New organizational structures.
Associates-Facilitators- Teamsmanship-Motivation and reward in the age of continuous improvement.

Unit V

Typical Characteristics of WCM Companies Performance indicators like POP, TOPP and AMBITE systems-
what is world class Performance -Six Sigma philosophy. Indian Scenario on world class manufacturing -Task
Ahead. Green Manufacturing, Clean manufacturing, Agile manufacturing.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Richard B. Chase, Nicholas J. Aquilano, F. Robert Jacobs – Operations Management for Competitive
Advantage, McGraw-Hill Irwin, ISBN 0072323159
2. Moore Ran, Making Common Sense Common Practice: Models for Manufacturing Excellence,
ElseviorMultiworth
3. Narayanan V. K., Managing Technology and Innovation for Competitive Advantage, Pearson
Education Inc.
4. Korgaonkar M. G., Just In Time Manufacturing, MacMillan Publishers India Ltd.,
5. Sahay B. S., Saxena K. B. C., Ashish Kumar, World Class Manufacturing, MacMillan Publishers
6. Jim Todd, “World-class Manufacturing”, McGraw Hill, London, 1995
7. Nicholas, John M., “Competitive Manufacturing Management”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
New Delhi, 2012.
8. Sahay, B.S., Saxena, K.B.C. and Kumar, A., World-class Manufacturing- A Strategic Perspective,
Macmillan India Limited, New Delhi, 2005

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 185
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPO402C TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT AND
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours

To make the students

 To Understand the concept of Technology management, Technology Adoption, Diffusion, Absorption ,
development and transfer and apply learning lifelong.
 To comprehend on the intellectual property rights.
 To apply the understanding of intellectual property rights.
 To Understand an entrepreneurial perspective, the objective is for students to analyse Enterprise Resource
Planning
 To know about Purpose and function of trademarks and acquisition of trade mark rights
 To understand agencies and treaties and importance of intellectual property rights

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of Technology management, Technology Adoption, Diffusion, Absorption , development
and transfer and apply learning lifelong.
2. Comprehend on the intellectual property rights.
3. Apply the understanding of intellectual property rights.
4. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
5. Identify and evaluate opportunities for new technologies
6. Understand the basics of the four primary forms of intellectual property rights.

UNIT 1: Technology Management and Technology strategy

Concept and Meaning of Technology and Technology Management- Technology; Technology
management, Evolution and Growth of Technology, Role and Significance of Technology Management,
Impact of Technology on Society and Business- Technology and competition; Key issues in managing
technological innovation, Forms of Technology- Process technology; Product technology

Technology Strategy- Elements of an accessible technology strategy, Innovation Management,

Competitive Advantage- Components of competitive advantage; Creating competitive advantage using
value chain, Technology Management Evaluation or Assessment, Concept of Technology Forecasting-
Characteristics of technology forecasting ; Forecasting, Forecasting Methods and Techniques,

UNIT II Technology Adoption, Diffusion and Absorption

Technology Adoption, Technology Diffusion- of technology diffusion; Perspectives of innovation
diffusion process; Activities necessary for diffusion process, Technology Absorption- Role of
technology absorption; Benefits of technology absorption; Constraints in technology absorption,

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 186
 UNIT III Technology Generation, development and transfer
Technology Generation- Process; , Technology Development, Importance of Technology Generation
and Development, Need for Technology Strategy, Importance of Research and Development (R&D)-
Corporate research and product lifetimes; Production costs and R&D; Translation of R & D efforts to
technology

Technology Transfer: Transfer of Technology, Models of Technology Transfer- Traditional technology

transfer models; Qualitative technology transfer models, Technology Transfer Modes, Dimensions of
Technology Transfer, Features of Technology Package, Routes of Technology Transfer

UNIT – IV Intellectual property and Patents

Intellectual property : Introduction, types of intellectual property, international organizations, agencies
and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.
Patents : Macro economic impact of the patent system Patent and kind of inventions protected by a patent
Patent document Ways to protect inventions - Granting of patent - Rights of a patent - extensive patent
protection – Reasons for protecting inventions by patents - Searching a patent Drafting of a patent Filing
of a patent The different layers of the international patent system (national,regional and international
options)

UNIT – V: Trade Marks and Copy rights

Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights, protectable matter, selecting, and
evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.
Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of reproduction, rights to perform the work
publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right registration, notice of copy right, international copy
right law. Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights
and transfer

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Tarek Khalil, Ravi Shankar (2017), Management of Technology: the Key to Competitiveness
and Wealth Creation, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
2. Sanjiva Shankar Dubey(2017), Technology and Innovation Management, PHI Learning Private
Limited, New Delhi.
3. DrS.N.Singh (2018), Technology Management : "Influencing Factors And Their Significance,
1st edition, Notion Press.
4. Anil Kumar H S, Ramakrishna B(2017), Fundamentals of Intellectual Property Rights: For
Students, Industrialist and Patent Lawyers, Notion Press.
5. Bouchoux (2013), Intellectual Property: The Law of Trademarks, Copyrights, Patents, and Trade
Secrets, 4th edition, Cengage Learning, New Delhi.

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105139/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109/106/109106137/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109/105/109105112/

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 187
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPA402A MACHINE LANGUAGE 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the concept of machine language
 To comprehend and apply the predictive analytics, basic probabilistic supervised learning, unsupervised learning
and deep learning concepts in business decision making
 To develop a structured approach to apply judgment, and generate insight from data for enhanced decision
making.
 To create data for analytics through Active learning and Reinforcement learning
 To understand thebest practices for Supervised Learning
 To know the applications of unsupervised machine learning
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the basics of machine language
2. Apply the predictive analytics modeling
3. Evaluate the best decisions applying the basic probabilistic, supervised learning, unsupervised learning and deep
learning
4. Formulate and use appropriate models of data analysis to answer business-related questions.
5. Interpret and communicate data findings effectively to any audience, orally, visually and in written formats.
6. Gain knowledge in Automate Feature Extraction using Deep Learning

UNIT I Introduction:
Machine Language - Problems, data, and tools; Visualization. Prescriptive analytics Creating data for analytics through
designed experiments, creating data for analytics through Active learning, creating data for analytics through
Reinforcement learning, Graph Visualization, Data Summaries, Model Checking & Comparison.
UNIT II Basic Probabilistic Modeling
Probability and classification, Bayes optimal decisions, Naive Bayes and Gaussian class-conditional distribution, Linear
classifiers, Bayes' Rule and Naive Bayes Model

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 188
UNIT III Supervised Learning
Supervised Machine Learning, Types of Supervised Machine, Learning Algorithms - Bias-Variance Dichotomy, Model
Validation Approaches, Logistic Regression, Linear Discriminant Analysis, Quadratic Discriminant Analysis, Regression
and Classification Trees, Support Vector Machines-Challenges in Supervised machine learning, Advantages of Supervised
Learning, Disadvantages of Supervised Learning -Best practices for Supervised Learning
UNIT IV Unsupervised Learning
Unsupervised Learning - Example of Unsupervised Machine Learning, need for Unsupervised Learning, Types of
Unsupervised Learning - Clustering, Clustering types: Hierarchical clustering, K-means clustering, K-NN (k nearest
neighbors),Principal Component Analysis, Singular Value Decomposition, Independent Component Analysis -
Associative Rule Mining, Supervised vs. Unsupervised Machine Learning, Applications of unsupervised machine learning
, Disadvantages of Unsupervised Learning
UNIT V Deep Learning
Deep Learning - Deep Learning Process, Automate Feature Extraction using Deep Learning, Difference between
Machine Learning and Deep Learning , usage of Machine Learning or Deep Learning.

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. John Paul Mueller, Luca Massaron (2016), Machine Learning (in Python and R) For Dummies, 1st edition, Wiley
India.
2. SaikatDutt, Subramanian Chandramouli, Amit Kumar Das(2018), Machine Learning, 1st edition, Pearson Education,
New Delhi.
3. Tom M. Mitchell (2017), Machine Learning, 1st edition, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
4. Suresh Samudrala (2019), Machine Intelligence: Demystifying Machine Learning, Neural Networks and Deep
Learning, 1st edition, Notion Press
5. AlpaydinEthem(2015), Introduction to Machine Learning, 3rd edition, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 189
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPA402B DATA VISUALIZATION FOR MANAGERS 4H - 3C
– USING R AND TABLEAU
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the basics of data visualization
 To understand the concepts, tools and techniques of data visualization.
 To develop a structured approach to apply judgment, and generate insight from data for enhanced decision making.
 To create Maps in R and build interactive web pages
 To understand the basic functions in Tableau, like inputting data and building charts
 To Create visualizations to tell stories with data
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the basics of data visualization
2. Design visualizations that represent the relationships contained in complex data sets and adapt them to highlight
the ideas you want to communicate.
3. Formulate and use appropriate models of data analysis to answer business-related questions.
4. Interpret data findings effectively to any audience, orally, visually and in written formats.
5. Learn to use colors, shapes, and other tools to dig deep into data
6. Create Maps & How to build interactive web pages

UNIT I Data visualization

Introduction –Importance of visualization in analytics, exploratory and explanatory visualization,
datatypes and ways to encode data, importance of limiting the amount of data presented in an analysis,
data cleaning and use of data with integrity.
Downloading and installing R - Downloading and installing Tableau

UNIT II Basic Visualization Tools using R

Optimal visualization types - Binning values - Calculated fields - Table calculations - Level of Detail
calculations - Bar Charts - Histograms - Pie Charts - Line Plot - Multiple Line Graphs - Scatter Plot -
and Regression

UNIT III Specialized Visualization Tools How to create Maps & How to build interactive web
pages
Word Clouds, Radar Charts, Waffle Charts, Box Plots
Configuring Data Environment- Connecting to Data, Metrics vs dimensions, Data types and defaults,
Aliases and names,
Creating Maps in R, Introduction to Shiny, Creating and Customizing Shiny Apps, Additional Shiny
Features

UNIT IV Tableau - Data visualization

Introduction to data visualization Data for data graphics Tableau introduction
Exploratory Visualization : Data Joins , Best Practices, Creating visualizations with Tableau, Sorting,
Top N, bottom N, Filtering,
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 190
 Maps, Use chart type, color, size, and shape to get the most out of data visualizations - Do basic functions
in Tableau, like inputting data and building charts. Learn to use colors, shapes, and other tools to dig
deep into data.
Learn to use calculations to create new data columns.

UNIT V Design Principles and Dashboard Creation using Tableau

Design principles Categorical, time series, and statistical data graphics, Geospatial displays
Storytelling Multivariate displays, - What are the main approaches to storytelling with data? -
Dashboards vs. Storyboards vs. Infographics - Designing with the user in mind

Dashboards, interactive and animated displays - Build Tableau dashboards - Create visualizations to tell
stories with data
Large datasets - Fiscal Year Calculations – Parameters - Dashboard design principles - Dashboard
interactivity - Connected “drill-down” dashboards

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Cole NussbaumerKnaflic(2015), Storytelling with Data: A Data Visualization Guide for Business
Professionals, 1st edition, Wiley India.
2. Kieran Healy(2018), Data Visualization: A Practical Introduction, Princeton University Press
3. Seema Acharya(2018), Data Analytics Using R, 1st edition, McGraw Hill Education
4. Daniel G. Murray(2018), Tableau Your Data!, Fast and Easy Visual Analysis with Tableau Software,
2nd edition, Wiley India
5. Joshua N. Milligan(2015), Learning Tableau, Packt Publishing Limited
6. Radhika Datar, Harish Garg (2019), Hands-On Exploratory Data Analysis with R: Become an expert
in exploratory data analysis using R packages, Packt Publishing Limited
7. Yu-Wei Chiu (David Chiu) (2016), R for Data Science Cookbook, Packt Publishing Limited
8. Kaelen Medeiros (2018), R Programming Fundamentals: Deal with data using various modeling
techniques, Packt Publishing Limited

E-Resources
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111104100/
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gWZtNdMko1k&list=PLWPirh4EWFpGXTBu8ldLZGJC
UeTMBpJFK
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SFpzr21Pavg&list=PL34t5iLfZddskPZVTm03hed8K93Rs
yP24

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 191
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPA402C SUPPLY CHAIN ANALYTICS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To equip with an understanding of the “importance and role of supply chain analytics” in the modern business
enterprises
 To comprehend on how business firms can take advantage with the help of supply chain analytics.
 To apply supply chain analytics with analytical platforms.
 To understand the Calibration Model Establishes Position and Performance Gap, Models for Purchasing,
Procurement and Strategic Sourcing
 To know the concept Models for Order Management and Inventory Management
 To understand the Future trends of Supply Chain Modelling

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to

1. Understanding the need for supply chain analyticsin the modern era.
2. T analyse the competitive advantage using supply chain analytics.
3. Application of supply chain analytics in various analytical platforms.
4. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
5. Understand the different ways of payment and payment services available.
6. Gain knowledge in supply chain analytics management

UNIT I Supply Chain Analytics

Definition, relevance and scope Supply Chain Analytics, recent trends in Supply Chain Analytics

UNIT II Overview of Supply Chain Models and Modelling Systems

Descriptive models, Optimization modes, Off-the shelf modelling system (SLIM), Supply chain operations reference
model (SCOR), The network KEIRETSU, Nature-Inspired Intelligence in Supply Chain Management

UNIT III Application of Supply Chain Models – I

A Calibration Model Establishes Position and Performance Gap, Models for Purchasing, Procurement, and Strategic
Sourcing, Logistics Models, from Manufacturing to Accepted Delivery, Models for Forecasting, Demand Management,
and Capacity Planning, Models for Order Management and Inventory Management’

UNIT IV Application of Supply Chain Models – II

Models for Sales and Operations Planning, Advanced Planning and Scheduling Models, Models for Supplier Relationship
Management, Models for Customer Relationship Management, Models for Collaborative Design and Manufacturing,
Collaborative Planning, Forecasting, and Replenishment Models

UNIT V Future trends of Supply Chain Modelling

Recent developments in theory technology and practices. Future developments and expected improvement in efficiency

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 192
levels and operational simplicity

SUGGESTED READING
1. MuthuMathirajan et.al(2016), Analytics in Operations/Supply Chain Management‖, I.K International Publishing
House Private Ltd.
2. Gerardus Blokdyk (2018), Supply Chain Execution Predictive Analytics Second Edition, 5starcooks
3. Iris Heckmann (2018), Towards Supply Chain Risk Analytics: Fundamentals, Simulation, Optimization,
Springer
4. Gerardus Blokdyk (2017), Supply Chain Analytics Complete Self-assessment Guide, Createspace Independent
Pub
5. Nada R. Sanders (2014), Big Data Driven Supply Chain Management: A Framework for Implementing Analytics
and Turning Information Into Intelligence, Pearson FT Press

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 193
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPE402A ENTREPRENEURIAL LEADERSHIP 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the concept of entrepreneurial leadership, types and qualities of leaders steering entrepreneurship.
 To comprehend on the different leadership styles fostering the performance of team and managing the organization.
 To understand Influence, Power, Politics and Ethics for Leadership, Relationship Building, Motivating Others,
Self-Determination Theory
 To know about Problem decomposition, information search techniques, techniques of assumption variation
 To analyse Leading Teams, Developing Teamwork, Motivation and Coaching Skills of the Entrepreneurial Leader
Communicating
 To Understand Social, Environmental, Economic Responsibility and Sustainability

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of entrepreneurial leadership, types and qualities of leaders steering entrepreneurship.
2. Comprehend on the different leadership styles fostering the performance of team and managing the organization.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work
4. Gain knowledge in Self-Determination Theory and the Facilitation of Intrinsic Motivation, Social Development,
and Well-Being
5. Understand Various forms of management creativity
6. Gain knowledge in Developing Leaders and Planning Succession, Leadership Issue for Future Entrepreneurs

UNIT I Entrepreneurial leader

Who is a leader? The critical link between leadership and entrepreneurial success. What is an entrepreneurial leader?
Images of Entrepreneurial Leadership, Leadership Traits, Characteristics and Motives, Entrepreneurial Dreams and
Aspirations, Leading Yourself, How to Play to Your Strengths, The Personal Leadership Strategy, The Board of Directors
(BOD), How ethics define you. Three Principles of Entrepreneurial leadership,

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 194
UNIT II Traits and Types of Entrepreneurs
Self- and Social Awareness to Guide Action, Cognitive Ambidexterity, The Underlying Mental Model of the
Entrepreneurial Leader, Creation Logic in Innovation: From Action Learning to Expertise Prediction Logic: Analytics for
Entrepreneurial Thinking. Types of Entrepreneurs and their Challenges; Charismatic and Transformational Leaders;
Leadership Styles, Situational Leadership and Social Responsibility, Strategic Leadership

UNIT III : Power, Politics and Creativity

Influence, Power, Politics and Ethics for Leadership, Relationship Building, Motivating Others, Self-Determination
Theory and the Facilitation of Intrinsic Motivation, Social Development, and Well-Being, Leading Change, Negotiating
Corporate Change, Hiring and Firing. Creativity: Definition and importance. Various forms of management creativity –
Creative Intelligence: Model of creative intelligence, problem sensitivity, problem restructuring, flexibility, guessing,
Elaboration, Originality and thinking patterns. Creativity techniques: Problem decomposition, information search
techniques, techniques of assumption variation, unblocking techniques, mutual stimulation and instigation technique,
fusion technique. Role of divergent and convergent thinking in decision-making process.

UNIT IV : Team Work

Leading Teams, Developing Teamwork, Motivation and Coaching Skills of the Entrepreneurial Leader Communicating,
negotiating and Resolving Conflict. Organizational Culture - Organizational Culture and Leading Change,

UNIT V Leadership in a Diverse World

Developing Leaders and Planning Succession, Leadership Issue for Future Entrepreneurs, Leading Change, Managing
crises , Leading Through Crises, SEERS: Defining Social, Environmental, and
Economic Responsibility and Sustainability

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Danna Greenberg, Kate McKone-Sweet, H.James Wilson, (2011), The new Entrepreneurial Leaders : Developing
Leaders who shape Social & Economic Opportunity, Berrett-Koehler Publishers Inc,
2. Joshua Okello (2014), Strategies of Entrepreneurial Leadership, Lulu.com
3. Derek Lidow (2014), Startup Leadership: How Savvy Entrepreneurs Turn Their Ideas into Successful Enterprises,
wiley India.
4. W.C. Schulz (Editor), C.W. Hofer (1999), Creating Value through Skill-Based Strategy and Entrepreneurial
Leadership (Technology, Innovation, Entrepreneurship and Competitive Strategy), 1st edition, Pergamon
5. Gersick(1997), Generation to Generation: Life Cycles of the Family Business, Harvard Business Review Press.
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 195
 Jordi Canals Shaping Entrepreneurial Mindsets: Innovation and Entrepreneurship in Leadership Development (IESE
Business Collection), 1st edtion, Palgrave Macmillan

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 196
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPE402B RURAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the concept of rural entrepreneurship, factors influencing the rural entrepreneurship and the
strategies to select and formulate a business plan for rural entrepreneurs.
 To understand and apply the ecosystem to support the entrepreneurship venture in rural area.
 To know about Natural and Human Resource Base Panchayati Raj System & Government Schemes
 To analyse Recent Trends in Rural Entrepreneurship
 To know Project Appraisal Government Policies for Micro and Small Enterprises Rural Business
Environment
 To understand Growth and Replicability issues Entrepreneurial Opportunities

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to

1. Understand the concept of rural entrepreneurship, factors influencing the rural entrepreneurship and the
strategies to select and formulate a business plan for rural entrepreneurs.
2. Understand and apply the ecosystem to support the entrepreneurship venture in rural area.
3. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group
leadership, oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work
4. Gain knowledge in Self-Determination Theory and the Facilitation of Intrinsic Motivation, Social
Development, and Well-Being
5. Understand Various forms of management creativity
6. Gain knowledge in Developing Leaders and Planning Succession, Leadership Issue for Future
Entrepreneurs
UNIT I Introduction of Rural Entrepreneurship
Understanding Entrepreneurship Evolution of Entrepreneurship in Rural India Types of Rural Entrepreneurship
Entrepreneurial Competencies Challenges for Rural Entrepreneurs

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 197
UNIT II Institutional EcoSystems for Promotion of Rural Entrepreneurship
Rural Eco-System, Natural and Human Resource Base Panchayati Raj System & Government Schemes Rural Skill Sets
and Enhancing Opportunities Institutional Support for Finances and Technical Back-stopping Private-Public Partnership
and Corporate Social Responsibility Systems

UNIT III Micro and Small Rural Enterprise

Understanding Micro and Small Enterprises Project Identification and Selection Project Formulation, Project Appraisal
Government Policies for Micro and Small Enterprises Rural Business Environment-Social, Economic, Political and
Cultural Issues

UNIT IV Rural Enterprise Incubation

Scanning Rural Environment- Economic, Technical, Technological & Market Business Opportunity Identification and
Project Selection Business Plan Preparation Forward and Backward Linkages Market Linkages Development Rural
Marketing

UNIT V Recent Trends in Rural Entrepreneurship

Study of Rural Entrepreneurs- Growth and Replicability issues Entrepreneurial Opportunities-Potential and Limitations
Active Interaction with key Stakeholders- Panchayats, NGOs, Schools etc Working Together and Finalize Interventions -
Networking with all Rural Support Systems (Case studies in India)

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. B M Singh, K V N Namboodiri (2007), Unleashing Rural Entrepreneurship, Icfai University Press
2. SahariaRidip Ranjan(2015), Management Dimensions of Rural Entrepreneurship, LAP Lambert Academic Publishing
3. Issa Mohamed, Venkatakrishnan V(2013), Rural Entrepreneurship, LAP Lambert Academic Publishing
4. Jitendra Ahirrao (2013), Entrepreneurship & Rural Women in India , 1st edition, New Century Publications.
5. G D Banerjee, Srijeet Banerji(2012), Rural Entrepreneurship Development Programme in India, 1st edition, Abhijeet
Publications
6. M. Soundarapandian(2010), Rural Entrepreneurship : Growth And Potentials, Kanishka Publishers Distributors.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 198
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPE402C 4H - 3C
INDIAN MODELS OF ECONOMY, BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the concept of Indian economy and Indian Models of economy
 To select the appropriate business model suitable for the economic condition.
 To Comprehend on the sustainability innovation, Patent, IPR and its impact in Entrepreneurship
 To Exhibit group leadership, oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
 To analyseemerging global power, growth and development in recent years
 To understand the Features of the Indian Business models and reason for the failure of the western models
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the concept of Indian economy and Indian Models of economy
2. Select the appropriate business model suitable for the economic condition.
3. Comprehend on the sustainability innovation, Patent, IPR and its impact in Entrepreneurship
4. Exhibit group leadership, oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
5. Gain knowledge in Sustainability Innovation and Entrepreneurship
6. Understand Experimentation in Innovation Management, Idea Championship, Participation for Innovation and Co-
creation for Innovation

UNIT I Indian economy over the years

Indian Economy - agriculture, trade, industry and other critical sector under the Ancient periods, Common Era, British
Period, Independent India

UNIT II Western Economy & Indian Economic Models – Features and Challenges
Western Economy over the years : Overview. Feudalism, Mercantilism, Capitalism, Colonial economies,
Indutrialisation, Communism, Globalisation, Market capitalism and Recent developments
Features of western models – Problems & Challenges. Economic models in independent India - Socialistic and market
models. Functioning models of India : Features, Uniqueness, Strength and Weakness

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 199
UNIT III Business models
What is a Business Model ,Who is an Entrepreneur, Western Vs. Indian Models, India as an emerging global power, growth
and development in recent years, issues and opportunities – Non corporate, Cluster and Corporate model. Features of the
Indian Business models and reason for the failure of the western models. Recent Business models : Blue Ocean Strategy-
I, Blue Ocean Strategy-II.

UNIT IV Sustainability Innovation and Entrepreneurship

Types of Sustainable Entrepreneurship, Conditions for Sustainabiling Innovation, SME strategic involvement in
sustainable development, Exploration of business models for material efficiency services.

UNIT V : Management of Innovation

Experimentation in Innovation Management, Idea Championship, Participation for Innovation, Co-creation for Innovation
, Proto typing to Incubation, reaction of IPR, Management of Innovation, creation of IPR, Types of IPR, Patents in India,
Copyrights and other important IP. Business Models and value proposition, Business Model Failure: Reasons and
Remedies, Incubators : Business Vs Technology, Managing Investor for Innovation, Future markets and Innovation needs
for India.

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Kanagasabapathi P, (2006) “Indian Model of Economy, Business and management”,
2. Kai-Ingo Voigt, OanaBuliga, Kathrin Michl(2016), Business Model Pioneers: How Innovators Successfully
Implement New Business Models (Management for Professionals), Springer.
3. Adam J. Bock, Gerard George(2019), The Business Model Book, Pearson Education.
4. Alexander Osterwalder, Yves Pigneur(2011), Business Model Generation, Wiley India.
5. George Soros (2005), “Open Society”, Viva Books, New Delhi.
6. Angus Madison,(2003) “The World Economy – A millennial Perspective”, Overseas Press Limited, New Delhi.
7. Agarwala P N(2001), “A Comprehensive History of Business in India – from 3000 BC to 2000 AD”, Tata McGraw
Hill.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 200
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPL402A SUPPLY CHAIN SOFTWARES 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To Understand the concept of Indian economy and Indian Models of economy
 To select the appropriate business model suitable for the economic condition.
 To Comprehend on the sustainability innovation, Patent, IPR and its impact in Entrepreneurship
 To Exhibit group leadership, oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
 To analyseemerging global power, growth and development in recent years
 To understand the Features of the Indian Business models and reason for the failure of the western models

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the fundamentals of ERP systems
2. Gain knowledge about the functional ERP modules
3. Select the right ERP systems based on the organizational requirements
4. Identify the ERP implementation strategies
5. Communicate the case analysis effectively in oral and written forms
6. Perceive the future trends in ERP systems

Unit- I
Overview of enterprise systems – Evolution - Risks and benefits - Fundamental technology - Issues to be consider in
planning design and implementation of cross functional integrated ERP systems.
Unit- II
Small medium and large enterprise vendor solutions, BPR, Business Engineering and best Business practices - Business
process Management. Overview of ERP modules -sales and Marketing, Accounting, Finance, Materials and Production
management.
Unit III
Planning Evaluation and selection of ERP systems-Implementation life cycle – ERP implementation, Methodology and
Frame workTraining – Data Migration. People Organization in implementationConsultants, Vendors and Employees.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 201
Unit IV
Maintenance of ERP- Organizational and Industrial impact; Success and Failure factors of and ERP Implementation.
Unit- V
Extended ERP systems and ERP bolt –on -CRM, SCM, Business analytics etc-Future trends in ERP systems-web enabled,
Wireless technologies.

SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Alexis Leon, Enterprise Resource Planning, second edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
2. Alexis Leon, ERP demystified, second Edition Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006.
3. Jagan Nathan Vaman, ERP in Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008
4. Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli, ERP Macmillan India, 2006.
5. Summer, ERP, Pearson Education, 2008.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 202
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPL402B GLOBAL SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students

 To get awareness about the global trade and global supply chains
 To understand best practices for strategic global supply chain management
 To identify the market globalization drivers
 To know the importance of global supply chain infrastructure
 To learn about the global logistics strategies
 To familiarize with global purchasing strategies
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to

1. Identify the global supply chain strategy

2. Realize the impact on supply chain by the various market globalization drivers
3. Gain knowledge about legal considerations in global supply chain activities
4. Design a global logistics strategy
5. Understand the strategies for managing inventory
6. Perform global supply chain through online

Unit I
Establishing a Global Supply Chain Strategy - Insight into global trade and global supply chains Expertise in emerging
markets and global supply chains-Best practices for strategic global supply chain management- How to integrate global
supply chain functions -Strategic benefits of global supply chains

Unit II
Implications of Industry Globalization -Drivers for Supply Chains Ways to identify key market global drivers- Knowledge
of how market globalization drivers influence supply chains -Exploration of the declining role of governments as producers
and customers, and how their new role adds value for global supply chains -How competitive globalization drivers better
facilitate global supply chains -The influence of competitive globalization drivers, including the increase in world trade
levels, increased “born-global” companies and the growth of global networks.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 203
Unit III
Evaluating Global Supply Chain Infrastructure -Analysis of transportation, communication, utilities and technology
infrastructure -Supply chain security, risks and value Legal considerations, international contracts and insurance issues
Commercial documents and customs clearance International commerce terms (incoterms)

Unit IV
Leveraging Logistics in Global Supply Chains -How to design a global logistics strategy- Managing global inventory -
Global packaging and materials handling - Understanding of global distribution centers Ocean, air, land and intermodal
transportation

Unit V
Purchasing in Global Supply Chains Key elements of a global purchasing strategy - International to global purchasing -
Types of global purchasing strategies for outsourcing and off shoring -Selecting suppliers and designing global supplier
networks Maximizing Operations in Global Supply Chains- Expertise in international wholesaling, retailing and
franchising How to go global online -Using global EDGE diagnostic tools for global market channel partners- Managing
Global Supply Chains Value of managing global supply chains- Coordination mechanisms in global supply chains -Inter-
organizational relationships in global supply chains Knowledge of stakeholders and global supply chain sustainability -
Guidelines for managing global supply chains.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. C S VenkataRatnam. (2007). Globalisation and Labour Management Relations: Response Books.
2. N Viswanadham& S Kameshwaran. (2013). Ecosystem aware Global Supply chain Management

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 204
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPL402C APPLIED GIS AND SPATIAL DATA ANALYTICS 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students

 To understand the basic fundamentals of GIS

 To identify the various data sources available for GIS
 To know the different data types and models used in GIS
 To gain knowledge about GIS data analysis
 To learn about GIS as a decision support system
 To familiarize with the various GIS applications

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to

1. Understand the components of GIS

2. Know how to acquire data from data sources
3. Identify the different spatial data models
4. Analyze the GIS data by using various tools
5. Apply the GIS for business solutions
6. Gain knowledge about the various other applications of GIS

Unit I:
GIS -Definition – Principles – Concepts –Components of GIS, Functions of GIS , Uses of GIS ; Important GIS
Vendors – ESRI – ArcGIS, MAPINFO, GEOMEDIA - Open source GIS- QGIS
Unit II:
Data sources (Open Source for Vector data - glcf, Google Earth, Bing Maps, Bhuvan for Raster data) Data
acquisition from data sources – ( Topographic, Cartographic, Remotely sensed, Census, other records and Surveys).
Data input -Scanning, Registration, Digitizing, Editing
Unit III:
GIS data– Spatial and Attribute data. Data types- spatial, attribute, topology - Spatial data models – Raster and

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 205
 vector – advantages and disadvantages Data conversion. R2V, V2R. shp, dxf etc., Attribute data models –
Hierarchical , relational and network .Database Management Systems: types -merits and demerits
Unit IV:
GIS data analysis – Query(onscreen query, attribute query, spatial query) Classification, reclass, Overlay, Buffer,
interpolation Advanced analysis – Network analysis , Terrain analysis, Morphometric analysis, creation of TIN and
DEM and multi criteria evaluation (MCE)
Unit V:
GIS Application: GIS as a Decision Support System, GIS for Business solutions, application of GIS in Land
Information System and site suitability analysis, probability analysis, Location and Network analysis Application
of mapping in Retail business and international trade. Tracking, Environmental Management, coastal management,
Emergency Response System
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Burrough P.A. Principles of Geographic information Systems for Land Resource Assessment Oxford University
Press, New York, 1986
2. Aronoff S. Geographic Information Systems: A Management Perspective, DDL Publication Ottawa, 1989.
3. Chang, & K.-T. (2008). Introduction to geographic information systems. Boston: McGraw-Hill.
4. Davis, B. E. (2001). GIS: A visual approach. Albany, NY: Delmar Thomson Learning.
5. Fraser Taylor D.R. Geographic information Systems. Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1991.
6. Maquire D.J.M.F. Goodchild and D.W. Rhind (eds.). Geographic information Systems: Principles and Application.
Taylor & Francis, Washington, 1991.
7. Mark S Monmonier. Computer-assisted Cartography. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliff, New Jersey, 1982

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 206
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPT402A EVENT MANAGEMENT 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To familiarize with the essentials of Event Management;
 To understand the potential of MICE and Event Tourism
 To plan and execute the plan for an Event within time schedule and cost.\
 To Identify event marketing, customer care, marketing tools to develop and communicate appropriate event
management
 To be aware of travel industry fairs and its significance
 To understand the nature and demand of Conference markets
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Be familiar with the essentials of Event Management;
2. Understand the potential of MICE and Event Tourism
3. Plan and execute the plan for an Event within time schedule and cost
4. Identify event marketing, customer care, marketing tools to develop and communicate appropriate event
management
5. Be aware of travel industry fairs and its significance
6. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group
leadership, oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work

UNIT I Introduction to Events:

Scope - Nature and Importance – Types of Events - Unique features and similarities – Practices in Event Management -
Key steps to a successful event.
UNIT II The Dynamics of Event Management:
Event Planning and organizing – Problem Solving and Crisis Management – Leadership and Participants Management –
Managing People and Time – Site and Infrastructure Management.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 207
UNIT III Introduction to MICE:
Planning MICE, Components of the Conference Market, Characteristics of Conferences and Conventions, MICE as a
supplement to Tourism, the nature and demand of Conference markets- The Economic and Social significance of
Conventions, process of Convention Management.
UNIT IV Event Marketing
Customer care – Marketing tools – Promotion, Media Relations and Publicity - Event Co-ordination - Visual and Electronic
Communication – Event Presentation – Event Evaluation – Case Studies of events of National and International
importance.
UNIT V Travel Industry Fairs
Benefits of Fairs - ITB, WTM, BTF, TTW, FITUR, KTM, IITM, CII-Events, PATA Travel Mart.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Glenn Bowdin, Johnny Allen, et al.(2010), Events Management, 3rd edition, A Butterworth-Heinemann
2. Charles Bladenet,al (2012), Events Management: An Introduction, 1st edition, Routledge
3. Anton Shone & Bryn Parry (2019), Successful Event Management, 5th edition, Cengage Learning.
4. David C. Watt (1998), Event Management in Leisure and Tourism, Longman.
5. Dr. Anukrati Sharma and Dr. Shruti Arora(2018), Event Management and Marketing: Theory, Practical
Approaches and Planning , 1st edition, Bharti Publications

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 208
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPT402B HEALTHCARE TOURISM 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the growing importance of medical tourism in contemporary world.
 To comprehend and analyze the push pull factors for medical tourists to select the appropriate medical tourism
destination
 To be aware of the legal aspects related to the medical tourism.
 To understand the growth and development of medical tourism in India.
 To know the Certification and Accreditation in health and medical tourism
 To understand the Current and futuristic trends, Potentials, Issues and Challenges
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand the growing importance of medical tourism in contemporary world.
2. Comprehend and analyze the push pull factors for medical tourists to select the appropriate medical tourism
destination
3. Aware of the legal aspects related to the medical tourism.
4. Understand the growth and development of medical tourism in India.
5. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group
leadership, oral and written communication, analysing, planning and team work
6. Understand Legal Aspects of Medical Tourism

UNIT I Introduction to Health Tourism:

Origin and development over ages - health as a motivator to travel, - Ancient centres of healing, Quality of Life (QOL) –
Concept - Scope of Health Measures. Health: Concept, Definitions and Importance of health to People, Business and
Government.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 209
UNIT II Medical tourism:
Concept, typology Genesis and growth of Medical Tourism - benefits of medical tourism, Factors responsible for growth
of health and medical tourism. Medical Tourism Business- Global medical tourism scenario, Stakeholders, countries
promoting medical tourism – Health and Medical Tourism markets at global level
UNIT III Medical tourism product and package:
Factors and Steps for designing product and tour package, development, issues and considerations, Approvals and
formalities, Pre-tour arrangements, tour operations and post-tour management, Health Insurance, Claiming Health
Insurance
UNIT IV Legal Aspects of Medical Tourism:
Certification and Accreditation in health and medical tourism, Ethical, legal, economic and environmental issues in health
and medical tourism. An Introduction to National Accreditation Board for Hospitals & Healthcare (NABH) and Joint
Commission International (JCI).
UNIT V Medical tourism in India:
Centres/Destinations, Current and futuristic trends, Potentials, Issues and Challenges, Trouncing the challenges,
Government Support.

SUGGESTED READINGS:

1. Jonathan Edelheit (Author), Renée-Marie Stephano(2010), Medical Tourism: An International Healthcare Guide
For Insurers, Employers and Governments
2. ,Global Health Insurance Publications
3. D. Botterill (Editor), G. Pennings (Editor), T. Mainil (2013), Medical Tourism and Transnational Health Care,
Palgrave Macmillan
4. Frederick J. DeMicco (2017), Medical Tourism and Wellness: Hospitality Bridging Healthcare (H2H), 1st
edition, Apple Academic Press
5. Hank Kearney(2011), Medical Tourism and Emerging Markets (The Global Explosion in Emerging Markets
Healthcare), PHM International, Inc

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 210
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAPT402C DESTINATION MARKETING 4H - 3C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 4 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
End Semester Exam: 3 Hours
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand the concept of tourism marketing and its role.
 To describe how the fundamentals of buyer behaviour are integral to tourism marketing;
 To know how research contributes to the formulation of tourism marketing decisions;
 To appraise the social, ethical and economic aspects of tourism
 To get awareness on issues around sustainability in tourism;
 To plan and execute a relevant tourism marketing strategy.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. To examine and discuss the key concepts and principles of marketing as applied to destinations and the tourism
experience.
2. To demonstrate an evaluative understanding of current issues associated with destination marketing.
3. To access, and examine the effectiveness of marketing strategies applied to tourism.
4. To engage in tourism and marketing research and inquiry to inform strategic decision-making and problem solving.
5. To demonstrate skills in oral and written communication related to Tourism.
6. To demonstrate skills such as critical and analytical thinking in accordance with professional contexts.

Unit I:
Tourism Attraction: Definition, Characteristics, Typology, Criteria for Tourist Attractiveness, development and design of
tourist attractions, Life Cycle.

Unit II:
Tourism Definition Planning, Environmental Analysis, Resource Analysis, Regional Environmental Analysis, Market
Analysis, Competitor Analysis, Regional Environmental Scanning.

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 211
Unit III:
Regional Goal Formulation – Strategy formulation, Product Portfolio Strategies, Tourism Portfolio model, analysis of
Portfolio, approaches, Market segmentation in the regional context – Bases, Steps and categories, Target Marketing –
targeting options, positioning strategy.

Unit IV:
Components of Destination Marketing Mix, Product Strategy – Nature & characteristics, managing existing Tourism
Products, New Product development in Regional Tourism, Pricing Strategies – Tourists Perception of Price

Unit V:
The Tourism Distribution Strategy – Choice of distribution channel, Developing a Destination Promotional strategy,
Evaluation and Control.

Suggested Readings:
1. Ernie Health & Geoffrey Wall, Marketing Tourism Destinations, John Wiley & Sons. Inc.
2. J. Christopheo Holloway & Chris Robinson, Marketing for Tourism
3. Philip Kotler, Jon Bower, Marketing for Hospitality and Tourism

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 212
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAP403 INDIAN ETHOS, VALUES AND BUSINESS ETHICS 2H - 1C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 2 T: 0 P: 0 Marks: Internal: 50 Total: 50

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To understand Indian ethos and values

 To appreciate the concepts of business ethics in leadership

 To analyze and resolve ethical dilemma

 Todevelopknowledgeandunderstandingaboutthetheoreticalperspectivesandframeworksofcorporategovernance,eth
ical,environmentalandsocialdimensions.

 Tofocusonvariousnaturalandmanmadehazards and its preparednessmeasures to come out ofsuchcalamities.

 To make students understand social responsibility of business and its impact.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Understand Indian ethos and values
2. Appreciate the concepts of business ethics in leadership
3. Analyze and resolve ethical dilemma
4. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership,
oral and written communication, critical thinking, analysing, planning and team work.
5. Maintain Managing Ethical Dilemma
6. Understand ethical issues related to business and good governance necessary for long term survival of business.
UNIT I Elements of Indian ethos
Union rather than dominion status of human beings–renunciation of self–laws of karma: Law of creation,
law of humility, law of growth, law of responsibility, law of connection – Brain stilling, the Indian ethos
for management.
Importance of Karma to managers– Nishkama Karma–Corporate Karma.
corporate Karma leadership (connecting company and cause, integrating, philanthropy into work
environment)
UNIT II Management ideas form Vedas
Management ideas form Vedas, Mahabharata, Bible, Quran, Artha Shastra, Thirukkural,
Kautilya‘sArthashastra. Indian Heritage in Business, Management. Production and consumption–Ethics
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 213
 Vs Ethos, Indian Vs Western Management, Work Ethos and values for Indian managers– Relevance of
value based management in global change–Impact of values on take holders, Trans–cultural Human
values, Secular Vs spiritual values, value system in work culture.
UNIT III Stress management
Stress management meditation for mental health, yoga, contemporary approaches to leadership—Joint
Hindu Family Business– Leadership Qualities of Karta– Indian systems of learning–Gurukul system of
learning– Advantages and Disadvantages.
Spirituality: Meaning, why spirituality now, characteristics of spiritual organization, Achieving a
spiritual organisation, achieving a spiritual organisation, criticism of spirituality.

UNIT IV Understanding the need for ethics

Understanding the need for ethics, ethical values, myths and ambiguity, ethical codes, ethical principles
in business; Theories of Ethics, Absolutism Vs Relativism, Technological approach, the Deontological
approach, Kohlberg‘s six stages of moral development (CMD)
UNIT V Managing Ethical Dilemma;
Managing Ethical Dilemma; Characteristics, ethical decision making, ethical reasoning, the dilemma
resolution process; ethical dilemmas in different business areas of finance, marketing, HRM,
international business. Ethical culture in Organization, Developing codes of ethics and conduct, ethical
and value based leadership. Role of scriptures in understanding ethics, Indian Wisdom and Indian
approaches towards business ethics.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Biswanath Ghosh (2009), Ethics in Management and Indian Ethos, Second Edition, Vikas
Publishing Housing Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi.
2. Joanne B. Ciulla(2004) , Ethics the heart of Leadership, Praeger, London.
3. Michael Henderson, Dougal Thompson (2004) Values at Work: The Invisible Threads
Between People, Performance and Profit, HarperCollinsPublishers PTY Limited
4. Swami Anubhavananda andAryakumar (2000), Ethics in management, insights from Ancient
Indian wisdom, Ane Book, Chennai, 2000.
5. S. K. Chakraborty (1998), Values and Ethics for Organizations: Theory and Practices, OUP
India
E-Resources
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dTs8meMCiJg
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5HHzMJdHhf8
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O2MjV1TfoAk
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7j66AyiRhSI
KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 214
MBA 2022-2023
Semester - IV
22MBAP491 CAPSTONE PROJECT 20H –9C
Instruction Hours / week: L: 0 T: 0 P: 20 Marks: Internal: 80 External: 120 Total: 200

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make the students
 To identify an issue to be analysed and to be solved in a business setup or real time scenario using primary or
secondary data collection.
 To understand the application of Research process in the area of accounting / Finance / Marketing/HR/International
business etc.
 To analyse the data and critically evaluate the result and formulate the suggestion for the problem identified.
 To apply the theoretical and practical learning of doing research into lifelong practice.
 To Communicate in oral and written form and prepare report
 To enhance students knowledge in international culture and negotiation, where employability is made easy.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Learners should be able to
1. Identify an issue to be analysed and to be solved in a business setup or real time scenario using primary or secondary data
collection.
2. Understand the application of Research process in the area of accounting/Finance/Marketing/HR/International business etc.
3. Analyse the data and critically evaluate the result and formulate the suggestion for the problem identified.
4. Apply the theoretical and practical learning of doing research into lifelong practice.
5. Communicate in oral and written form and prepare repor
6. Understand the concept of organizational study

Capstone Projects are hands-on projects that allow the students to apply the concepts learned in a
Specialization to a practical question or problem related to the Specialization topic. The duration of the
project is for a minimum of 8 weeks. The candidate shall bring the attendance certificate and
completion certificate from the firm where the project work carried out. On completion of the project
work, he/she shall submit the report to the Head of the Department. The Report prepared according to
approved guidelines and duly signed by the supervisor(s) shall be submitted to HoD for Viva-Voce
Exam. The project has to be converted into a research paper and should be submitted for the publication
in UGC referred CARE Journals / Scopus Journals / Web of Science Journals. A letter of submission is
to be attached along with the Viva-Voce Marks. (The first Author is the student and the second author is
the supervisor).

The capstone project has three reviews. Two midreview (can be done through skype if the students are
pursuing projects in a company outside Tamilnadu. Final review is the Mock Viva Presentation done

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 215
 before the Viva Voce Examination.

The students should select a problem in Accounting, Finance, Marketing or any other arears related to
commerce.
Report should contain
 Introduction
 Introduction about the industry
 Introduction about the Company
 History and growth of organisation
 Organisation chart
 Products and services offered
 Competitors analysis
 SWOT/PEST analysis
 Review of literature – Minimum 20 papers from referred journal
 Need for the Study
 Objectives
 Research Methodology
 Research Design
 Sampling Design
 Sources of Data Collection
 Tools used for analysis
 Limitation
 Data analysis and interpretation
 Findings and Suggestions
 Conclusion
 Bibiliography (APA format)

Soft binding of the collected data has to be also submitted for the evaluation.

Guidelines :
The report should have a minimum of 50 pages.
Times New Roman
Heading - 13 pts
Text – 12 Pts
One inch page border all sides
1.5 line spacing

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 216
 VALUE ADDED COURSE LIST
 Artificial intelligence and machine language for Business decision making
 Creativity and innovative management
 Stock market and investment strategies
 Six Sigma
 Managing Emotional intelligence
 Psychometric testing
 Financial modelling using spreadsheets
 Career Management

KARPAGAM ACADEMY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), COIMBATORE – 641 021 217